368
Real Exam Passing Score : 800 Time Limit : 120 min http://www.gratisexam.com/ Exam:N10-005 Title: CompTIA Network+ Certification Exam

Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Real Exam

Passing Score: 800Time Limit: 120 min

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Exam:N10-005

Title: CompTIA Network+ Certification Exam

Page 2: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following
Page 3: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Exam A

QUESTION 1Which of the following ports is default for DNS?

A. 53B. 69C. 80D. 143

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2Which of the following components would be used to terminate all distribution and trunk cables in a centraloffice or PBX?

A. 66 blockB. MDFC. DemarcD. IDF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3A technician has received a call from a customer stating that the customer has logged in, but cannot access theInternet. The technician asks the customer if the gateway and the firewall can be pinged. This is an example ofwhich of the following troubleshooting skills?

A. Information gatheringB. Implementing and testingC. EscalationD. Documenting the solution

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4Which of the following connectors uses 9-pins?

Page 4: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. LCB. RJ-45C. RS-232D. BNC

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5Which of the following ports does IPSec use, by default?

A. 53B. 500C. 3389D. 8080

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6Which of the following components is used to terminate a T1 connection?

A. 66 blockB. Patch panelC. Smart jackD. 110 block

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7During a new employee briefing, employees are given copies of the network user agreement, the companynetwork policy, and other administrative forms. Which of the following is BEST practice when granting usersaccess to the companys network?

Page 5: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Access is granted once each user has signed the network user agreement.B. Access is granted once the employee briefing is concluded.C. Access is granted once the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) signs each network agreement.D. Access is granted at the beginning of the employee briefing meeting.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8Which of the following protocols can be found at the transport layer?

A. FTPB. SMTPC. TCPD. DNS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9Which of the following is the maximum sustainable distance for 100Base-FX?

A. 600 feet (183 meters)B. 1.2 miles (1.93 kilometers)C. 2.8 miles (4.5 kilometers)D. 2,500 feet (762 meters)

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10Which of the following is used to relay queries from a private network to the Internet?

A. Content filterB. Load balancerC. Proxy serverD. Stateful firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 6: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11Which of the following OSI layers is included in the TCP/IP models Application layer?

A. Data LinkB. SessionC. TransportD. Network

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12A technician has been tasked to reduce the administrative time spent on the network. The network uses severalVLANs. Which of the following is a protocol that can be added to the switches to help reduce administrativetime?

A. MTUB. WLANC. SIPD. VTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13Which of the following tools could an administrator use to determine a workstations default gateway?

A. routeB. nslookupC. digD. ping

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14Which of the following routing protocols is based on being open and takes the shortest path FIRST?

A. RIPB. OSPF

Page 7: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. EIGRPD. IS-IS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15An administrator needs to obtain the MAC address of all systems on a small SOHO network. Which of thefollowing is the BEST way to accomplish this?

A. Run nslookup for each IP address.B. ARP each IP, then look in the ping table.C. ARP poison the router, then run a network sniffer.D. Ping each IP then look in the ARP table.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16Which of the following is an example of CIDR notation?

A. ::1B. 10.10.10.0/30C. 10.192.30.5:22D. 255.255.255.0

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17Which of the following should be used to extend the range of a network between two points where physicalmedia cannot be installed?

A. WAPB. BridgeC. HubD. Router

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 8: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 18Installing specialized devices in between network resources and the Internet to distribute network requests andensure availability of resources is an example of which of the following network management techniques?

A. Port mirroringB. Load balancingC. Port address translationD. QoS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19An administrator needs to cut a 100 pair wire in half. Which of the following tools should the administrator use?

A. Cable stripperB. SnipsC. Punch down toolD. Crimper

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20Which of the following wireless technologies uses point-to-multipoint for data transmission?

A. 802.11gB. 802.11nC. 802.11bD. 802.11a

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21Which of the following naming conventions takes place in the data link layer of the OSI model and is often usedin conjunction with IPv6?

A. MAC-48B. EUI-48C. EUI-64

Page 9: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. IP address

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22An administrator needs to determine if the local workstation is using DHCP. Which of the following tools wouldverify this?

A. hostnameB. netstatC. ipconfigD. nbtstat

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23A technician is setting up a network for 25 users at a remote location. All of the users share a single Internetconnection. The ISP provides a single IP address for the location. Which of the following addressingmechanisms should the technician use to provide access and IP addresses for all 25 users?

A. NATB. ProxyC. GatewayD. DNS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24Which of the following is MOST likely to be used for telephone wires connected to the plain old telephoneservice (POTS)?

A. 66 blockB. 110 blockC. CAT6 patch panelsD. Smart jacks

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 10: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 25Which of the following would an administrator do NEXT once an action plan has been created?

A. Find new symptoms and issues.B. Identify more areas that may be affected.C. Determine if escalation is necessary.D. Implement the plan and test it.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26An office is using 802.11a to network the entire office. When a visitor brings a personal laptop to the office, thevisitor is not able to connect to the network. Which of the following is the reason why visitors are unable toconnect?

A. Weak signalB. Standard mismatchC. Incorrect channelD. Wrong DNS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27172.20.0.112 represents an address at which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 2C. Layer 3D. Layer 4

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but notmore than 6000. Which of the following network addresses would the administrator use to accommodate thisrequest?

A. 10.4.4.0/22B. 10.10.1.0/19

Page 11: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. 172.31.146.0/20D. 192.168.100.0/23

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29Which of the following logical topologies uses distributed authentication?

A. Client/serverB. VLANC. VPND. P2P

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30A helpdesk team is unable to agree on a solution to an issue. Each technician presents their own solution to theproblem. When a solution is agreed upon, which of the following documentation MOST likely needs to bereviewed and possibly updated?

A. BaselineB. Wiring SchematicsC. ProceduresD. Regulations

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31Which of the following devices should be used to connect a router to a T1 line?

A. CSU/DSUB. FirewallC. Proxy serverD. Switch

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 12: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 32Which of the following is a 32- bit address?

A. MACB. IPv6C. WWND. IPv4

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33Which of the following would a switch port be an example of?

A. Broadcast domainB. Spanning-tree loopC. Routing table entryD. Collision domain

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34Which of the following tools is BEST used to find where a CAT5e cable is terminated?

A. Cable testerB. Butt setC. Toner probeD. OTDR

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35Several mobile users from various areas are reporting intermittent connectivity issues. Which of the following isthe MOST likely cause?

A. Encryption strengthB. SSID mismatchC. InterferenceD. Weak signals

Page 13: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36A company uses wiring standard 568A throughout their network. However, a contractor for the company installsa lab using 568B. While the lab technically works, this may cause problems because:

A. the 568B standard conflicts with the 568A standard and causes interference in the network.B. different crimping tools are needed to adhere to the 568B standard.C. when replacing connectors other technicians may use the wrong wiring scheme.D. crosstalk between pairs will be greatly increased due to standard incompatibility.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37When testing a network wire, the network testing device reports Warning! Voltage on-line. Which of thefollowing would cause this?

A. Attenuation on the wire is too low.B. The wire is being used on the phone system.C. There is crosstalk on the wire.D. The wire is being used on a satellite connection.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38A user has accidentally looped two open network jacks together with a spare patch cable. Which of thefollowing is MOST likely to occur?

A. Domain collisionB. Signal bleedC. Broadcast stormD. Signal loss

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 14: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 39E1/T1 service ordered from the local telecommunications company is typically delivered over which of thefollowing?

A. CopperB. CellularC. FiberD. Wireless

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40Which of the following would allow an administrator to confirm maximum bandwidth is being utilized?

A. Throughput testerB. Load testingC. Packet snifferD. Protocol analyzer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41IGP differs from EGP because IGP is designed for use in which of the following?

A. Communication between WANsB. Communication between networksC. Single autonomous networkD. Single non-autonomous network

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42Which of the following network cables would test the ports on a switch?

A. CrossoverB. RolloverC. LoopbackD. Straight

Correct Answer: C

Page 15: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43Which of the following is the BEST protocol to use when a user would like to keep emails synchronized overmultiple devices?

A. IGMPB. IMAP4C. HTTPD. POP3

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44Which of the following is a required option of a DHCP lease?

A. BootPB. DNS addressC. Default gatewayD. TFTP server

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45A technician spoke to a user regarding a network problem. The technician searched all the logs associated withthe problem and pulled the change logs for the network environment. Which of the following should thetechnician perform NEXT?

A. Establish a theory of probable cause.B. Implement preventative measures.C. Implement the solution or escalate as necessary.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46An administrator wants to control and limit access to company computers from remote users. Which of the

Page 16: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

following services would the administrator MOST likely disable?

A. TELNETB. HTTPC. RDPD. RCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47An administrator would like to implement a technology that requires no configuration on the client side andfilters out specified port ranges. Which of the following would accomplish this?

A. Host-based firewallB. Network-based IDSC. Network-based firewallD. Host-based proxy service

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48Which of the following would a technician do to monitor remote traffic through an access point?

A. Enable an SNMP agentB. Enable network mappingC. Set monitoring SSIDD. Select WPA2

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49An administrator is replacing a hub on a network. Which of the following devices would be the BESTreplacement choice?

A. RouterB. SwitchC. RepeaterD. Bridge

Correct Answer: B

Page 17: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50Which of the following is a Layer 2 device that would MOST likely be used to connect network segments ofdifferent topologies?

A. BridgeB. SwitchC. HubD. Repeater

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51Which of the following tools is used to determine if a phone line is in working order?

A. Voltage event recorderB. Toner probeC. MultimeterD. Butt set

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52Port scanners are MOST likely used to:

A. generate up-to-date routing tables.B. identify unused ports on a switch.C. map a companys network topology.D. identify running services on a host.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53When implementing a WAP, which of the following can be disabled to help prevent unauthorized people fromlocating the network?

Page 18: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. DCHPB. MAC filteringC. DNSD. SSID

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54Which of the following would allow an administrator to implement port level security?

A. PKIB. RADIUSC. 802.1xD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55Some switches are capable of implementing a specialized technique to segregate network traffic according tospecific rules. This technology is known as:

A. CIDR.B. PoE.C. VLAN.D. trunking.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56Which of the following offers the GREATEST throughput?

A. 802.11nB. BluetoothC. 802.11aD. 802.11g

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 19: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57Multiple crossover and straight cables must be created. Which of the following would the administrator use tocreate these cables?

A. Wiring documentsB. Logical network diagramsC. Company policiesD. Baselines configurations

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58A web server that provides shopping cart capabilities for external end users will likely function with which of thefollowing protocols?

A. HTTPSB. POP3C. SSHD. SMTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59An administrator is installing a new IDS. Which of the following must be configured on the switch to allow theIDS to capture all company network traffic?

A. Port mirroringB. Virtual Trunk ProtocolC. Spanning treeD. Trunking

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60Which of the following devices is MOST likely to rely on up-to-date signatures to provide accurate services?

A. Caching server

Page 20: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Content filterC. RouterD. Switch

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61Which of the following ports carries IMAP traffic, by default, on modern email systems?

A. 23B. 25C. 80D. 143

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62Which of the following technologies must be used to ensure remote Internet hosts will respond to packetsleaving a company by connecting to another companys honeypot?

A. DNSB. DHCPC. WINSD. SNAT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63Which of the following can be disabled to help make wireless networks harder to find?

A. DMZB. SSIDC. DHCPD. WPA

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 21: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 64A technician needs to identify the type of fiber being used in a distribution panel. The marking the technicianfinds on the cable is 62.5/125. Which of the following optical cables has the technician found?

A. Multi-mode fiberB. PlenumC. Single-mode fiberD. Coaxial

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65Which of the following is true of IGP?

A. IGPs are not used within autonomous systemsB. OSPF, IS-IS and BGP are IGPsC. Includes routing protocols used for choosing routes between autonomous systemsD. OSPF, RIP, and IS-IS are IGPs

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66Which of the following WAN technology types does not use an Ethernet cable as a medium for communicationand is used for long distances?

A. DSLB. WiMAXC. E3/T3D. ATM

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67Which of the following is MOST effective in filtering incoming malicious packets at the gateway router?

A. IP filteringB. MAC filteringC. 802.1x

Page 22: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. VLAN

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68A technician accidentally plugs both ends of a cable into the same switch. However, this did not cause anetwork loop. Which of the following explains this situation?

A. Spanning tree protocol is enabled on the switch.B. The switch has IGMP snooping enabled.C. PoE has disabled the ports.D. The ports are in the same VLAN.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69Which of the following commands will test the connectivity of a remote website?

A. netstatB. pingC. nslookupD. dig

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70Which of the following represents the BEST method of securing physical access to a network backbone?

A. Installing biometric security in all server room doorways.B. Forcing all remote users connecting to the network externally to use encrypted SSL VPN.C. Installing hardened deadbolts in all server room doorways.D. Requiring users to authenticate network accounts via complex passwords and smart cards.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71

Page 23: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following cable types transmits data at 1Gbps?

A. 100Base-FxB. 1000Base-TC. 100Base-TXD. 10Base-T

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72Which of the following devices should be installed if a client wants to extend their wireless coverage area intheir building?

A. BridgeB. Media converterC. HubD. Access point

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73An administrator has replaced a faulty 1000BaseT NIC on the server switch with a new 1000BaseFX. Which ofthe following should the administrator do NEXT?

A. Reboot the switch to enable the new connectionB. Update the logical network diagramC. Update the switch configuration logsD. Update the wiring schematics

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74An administrator suspects an IP address conflict with two systems on the local network. Which of the followingtools would be used to verify this conflict?

A. routeB. pingC. nslookupD. arp

Page 24: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75A technician is troubleshooting a cable problem. The technician has checked both ends and suspects an issue50 yards (46 meters) from the location. Which of the following network tools will confirm this analysis?

A. TDRB. Protocol analyzerC. MultimeterD. Cable crimper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76A technician needs to test if domain name resolution is functioning properly. Which of the following softwaretools would be used to accomplish this? (Select TWO).

A. arpB. digC. routeD. nslookupE. netstat

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77Which of the following cable technologies is BEST suited to provide 1Gbps throughput for a given network?

A. CAT6B. ThickNetC. CAT5D. CAT3

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78

Page 25: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

When comparing 802.11a to 802.11g, which of the following is the major difference?

A. PowerB. SpeedsC. FrequencyD. Encryption type

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79Which of the following features is required for information to be passed between VLANs on switches?

A. PoEB. Port authenticationC. Spanning treeD. Trunking

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80A homeowner wants to add DSL and make it available to all rooms of the house. Which of the following shouldthe homeowner install to provide the BEST coverage?

A. DSL modemB. ADSL modemC. 4 port wireless DSL modemD. Cable modem

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81Which of the following methods would be implemented to correct a network slowdown caused by excessivevideo streaming?

A. Traffic shapingB. Proxy serverC. VPN concentratorD. High availability

Correct Answer: A

Page 26: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82Which of the following is MOST likely to affect IP based surveillance systems?

A. VishingB. Social engineeringC. Man-in-the-middleD. Mantrap

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83A printer needs to be moved from one switch to another. Which of the following tools can be used to find outwhich printer cable is connected on the switch?

A. Punch down toolB. Toner probeC. Cable testerD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84Which of the following are common security threat mitigation techniques?

A. Allowing unauthorized devices to connect to the networkB. User training, updating policies and proceduresC. Letting users update their own virus definitionsD. Setting up a PAP connection to provide a point-to-point connection

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85A technician is at a clients site to resolve a wireless network connectivity issue. The technician has found outthat the issue is only happening in the marketing department. Which of the following is the NEXT step thetechnician should take?

Page 27: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Create an action plan and identify the potential effect.B. Establish the most probable cause.C. Identify the affected areas of the network.D. Determine if anything has changed.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86Which of the following services typically has the highest amount of latency?

A. ATMB. Frame relayC. Cable modemD. Satellite

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87After receiving reports of network performance issues, the technician sees a 12ms return time when pinging theremote site. Which of the following should the technician do NEXT?

A. Refer to network documentation baseline to see if the return time is normal.B. Reboot the routers on both sides of the connection.C. Determine which machine at the remote site is ping flooding the connection.D. Increase the bandwidth to the remote site.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88Which of the following devices needs to be installed FIRST before implementing a WLAN?

A. BridgeB. WAPC. RepeaterD. Modem

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 28: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89Which of the following TCP/IP and OSI model layers retransmits a TCP packet if it is not received successfullyat its destination?

A. The transport OSI model layer and the transport TCP/IP model layer.B. The transport OSI model layer and the Internet TCP/IP model layer.C. The network OSI model layer and the transport TCP/IP model layer.D. The network OSI model layer and the Internet TCP/IP model layer.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90Due to space limitations, LAN cables were installed directly over power lines to certain offices. The offices havebeen reporting network connectivity issues. Which of the following MOST likely represents the cause of theissues?

A. Open pairs on the cableB. EMIC. CrosstalkD. Duplex mismatch

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91A company is growing rapidly and is looking for ways to reduce time spent on IT infrastructure administration.The administrator has decided one way to meet this need will be to reduce 802.1q management duties. Whichof the following technologies would help centralize 802.1q management?

A. VTPB. BGPC. CIDRD. VLAN

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92For the BEST performance, wireless signals should use:

Page 29: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. redundant channelsB. non-overlapping channelsC. different encryption typesD. overlapping channels

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93Which of the following routing protocols would a technician use if they needed to connect multiple largenetworks together where routers advertise all routes to each other?

A. IGPB. BGPC. IS-ISD. OSPF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94Which of the following protocols operates locally between a client and a router to negotiate the flow of multicasttraffic?

A. ICMPB. PIMC. IGMPD. DVMRP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95An administrator needs to block a virus infected computer. Which of the following provides the HIGHEST levelof network security?

A. IDS at the network perimeterB. Changing the client port to half duplexC. MAC ACL on the switchD. IP ACL on the router

Correct Answer: C

Page 30: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96Which of the following LAN technologies has the GREATEST throughput speed?

A. 10BaseFXB. 10BaseFC. 10BaseTXD. 10BaseT

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97Which of the following networking protocols is often used for booting or loading programs on disklessworkstations?

A. SSHB. RTPC. SNMPD. TFTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98Which of the following can provide clients access to network resources such as a web server as well asproviding Internet usage reports?

A. DHCP serverB. Proxy serverC. Host based firewallD. Bandwidth shaper

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99A network technician is concerned that an attacker is attempting to penetrate the network, and wants to set arule on the firewall to prevent the attacker from learning which IP addresses are valid on the network. Which of

Page 31: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

the following protocols needs to be denied?

A. TCPB. SMTPC. ICMPD. ARP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100Which of the following has a maximum transfer rate of 54Mbps and operates at the 5GHz frequency?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101Where would a technician MOST likely place the company MX and A records?

A. Proxy serverB. Load balancerC. DNS serverD. Firewall

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102Which of the following technologies would adhere to the AAA model while facilitating ease of login changes formultiple routers and switches?

A. DOCSISB. HDLCC. SNMPD. TACACS+

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)

Page 32: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103Which of the following network cables is comprised of the below pin-out?1 C 82 C 73 C 64 C 5

A. RolloverB. 568AC. CrossoverD. Straight-through

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104Which of the following packet addresses represents a single NIC?

A. Broadcast addressB. Unicast addressC. Multicast addressD. Broadcast domain

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105Which of the following cable types has immunity from EMI?

A. UTPB. PlenumC. STPD. Fiber

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106A network engineer needs to troubleshoot a remote router within the WAN. Which of the following userauthentications would be the BEST to implement?

A. MS-CHAP

Page 33: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. KerberosC. TACACS+D. PKI

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107A client is having problems getting a wireless signal to the entire warehouse; right now the AP is located at thefar northern end of the building. The AP frequency is strong enough to cover the entire building. Which of thefollowing is the MOST likely reason the AP is not covering the entire area?

A. Standard mismatchB. Incorrect channelC. Incorrect placementD. Encryption type

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108Which of the following encryption methods is the MOST secure?

A. WEPB. WPAC. WPA2D. WEP-TKIP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109Which of the following would be used to quickly check for availability of the HTTP service on the server?

A. Reserved portsB. Protocol analyzerC. Packet sniffersD. Port scanners

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 34: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110Which of the following would be used to identify the hot zone in a server room?

A. OTDRB. Temperature monitorC. Cable stripperD. Voltage event monitor

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111Which of the following is the BEST tool to use when terminating a network jack?

A. SnipsB. Cable stripperC. Toner probeD. Punch down

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112A technician needs to increase the bandwidth between two switches which currently have a 1GBps connection.Which of the following is the BEST way to achieve this?

A. Switch the connection to 1GBps multimode fiber.B. Create a 2GBps connection with link aggregation.C. Configure port mirroring between the switches.D. Install a redundant wireless bridge between the switches.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113Which of the following mitigation techniques would be used in order to defend against social engineering?

A. Updating antivirus definitionsB. Implementing patch management solutionsC. Enabling audit logs on all workstations

Page 35: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Revising security and network policies

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114Which of the following are commonly used FTP ports? (Select TWO).

A. 20B. 21C. 22D. 23E. 25

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115A 66 block is MOST commonly used in which of the following networks?

A. VoiceB. CloudC. SONETD. Data

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116A technician is having intermittent connectivity problems with a hotels wireless network. Using the laptopswireless utility, the technician sees three access points all using channel 11. Which of the following describesthe reason for the connectivity problems?

A. Beacon rateB. AttenuationC. InterferenceD. Crosstalk

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 36: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 117Which of the following components have home runs from different locations to the telecommunications closet?

A. Smart jackB. Patch panelC. DemarcD. Demarc extension

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118A traceroute command primarily provides information in the context of number and:

A. IP address of packetsB. location of MAC addressesC. location of portsD. IP address of hops

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119A user reports that some normally accessible external sites are not responding, but most other sites areresponding normally. Which of the following is MOST likely the cause?

A. VLAN tag mismatchB. Port filteringC. Smurf attackD. Faulty routing rule

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120Which of the following is an IPv6 address for localhost?

A. ::1B. 127::C. FF::0D. FFFF:127.0.0.1

Page 37: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121After a technician has established a plan of action to resolve the problem, which of the following steps shouldbe performed NEXT?

A. Establish a theory of probable cause.B. Implement preventative measures.C. Verify full system functionality.D. Implement the solution of escalate as necessary.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122Which of the following standards is implemented in 802.1af?

A. WiMAXB. Power over EthernetC. Fast EthernetD. 5Ghz Wireless

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123An administrator is creating a patch cable. Which of the following devices should the administrator use toterminate the ends?

A. Cable testerB. CertifierC. Cable stripperD. Data crimper

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124

Page 38: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following tools would be BEST used to trace a wire through an area where multiple wires of thesame color are twisted together?

A. Cable testerB. Toner probeC. Cable crimperD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125Which of the following commands will remove cached DNS entries?

A. route del -net 127.0.0.1B. route add -net 0.0.0.0C. ipconfig /flushdnsD. nslookup 127.0.0.1

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126A technician needs to customize various cable lengths and verify that the cables are working correctly. Which ofthe following tools would be needed to accomplish this? (Select TWO).

A. Cable certifierB. MultimeterC. CrimperD. Punch down toolE. Loopback plug

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127An administrator suspects the computer they are working on has lost its default gateway and its specific routeto the HR department. Which of the following commands should be run to verify the route setting?

A. route add default gateway 192.168.1.1B. route -nrC. ipconfig /allD. route print

Page 39: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128Which of the following allows for multiple operating systems to be run simultaneously on a single server?

A. Dual bootB. Multiple hard drivesC. PXE bootD. Virtual machines

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129Which of the following connector types would MOST likely be used in combination with a GBIC?

A. RS-232B. SCC. RJ-11D. BNC

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130A home user reports an issue with the wireless network connection on a laptop. It seems to occur only whenthe phone rings. Which of the following should be changed to resolve the issue?

A. Change the channel of the WAP.B. Change the wireless security that is being used.C. Rename the SSID.D. Relocate the antenna to another area.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131Which of the following technologies relies on up-to-date signatures to protect the network and block malicious

Page 40: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

network-based attacks?

A. HIDSB. IDSC. IPSD. Firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132Which of the following features of a switch allows WAPs to be installed in locations where no power sourcesare available?

A. AggregationB. Port forwardingC. PoED. VLAN

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133A small office has asked to have their Ethernet NIC enabled PCs networked together by a consultant. Theoffice users want file sharing capability with no access to the Internet. Which of the following items will theconsultant need? (Select TWO).

A. Network bridgeB. RG-59 patch cablingC. CAT5e patch cablingD. FirewallE. Switch

Correct Answer: CESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134Which of the following is an encrypted client/server authentication?

A. IPSecB. VNCC. IP filteringD. MAC filtering

Page 41: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135Which of the following has similar functionalities as a wireless repeater?

A. Basic switchB. Wireless access pointC. Basic firewallD. DHCP server

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136Which of the following terms correctly defines the event in which multiple dynamic routers agree on the state ofthe network?

A. ConvergenceB. Spanning treeC. Port mirroringD. Link state

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137Which of the following should an administrator use to identify where all the MDFs are located within thenetwork?

A. Wiring schematicsB. Security and network policiesC. Physical network diagramD. Baseline configurations

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138

Page 42: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following attacks is a social engineering attack?

A. Man-in-the-middleB. RootkitsC. VishingD. DDoS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 139Which of the following BEST describes how packets are delivered to the destination node?

A. Routing tableB. MetricsC. ConvergenceD. Neighbor status

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140When testing CAT5e cables that were recently terminated, the testing device reports near end crosstalk. Whichof the following is the MOST likely cause of this problem?

A. The cable jacket is plenum rated.B. The cable is shielded.C. The technician used RJ-11 connectors on the wire.D. The technician did not leave enough twists on the pairs.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141A technician installed a wireless network, and it worked as expected during testing. However during theconference, the network was intermittent at best. Which of the following BEST describes what is occurring?

A. Interference from the satellite dish is causing a broadcast storm.B. PoE requirements are much greater with multiple users.C. The AP has reached capacity.D. The network switches have overheated due to capacity.

Correct Answer: C

Page 43: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142Which of the following devices will forward broadcast traffic by default?

A. SwitchB. FirewallC. BridgeD. Hub

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143Which of the following WAN technologies uses a maximum line rate of 2.048Mbps?

A. T3B. E1C. ISDN PRID. ISDN BRI

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144Which of the following network protocols is required to allow two computers to communicate within the samenetwork segment?

A. SSHB. POP3C. ARPD. DNS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145Which of the following devices is unable to differentiate the appropriate destination of intended traffic on anetwork?

Page 44: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. BridgeB. Unmanaged switchC. HubD. Managed switch

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146Which of the following should occur when closing a network project?

A. Update documentationB. Validate the designC. Configure the new network devicesD. Develop a project plan

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147Which of the following utilities would a technician use to determine the location of lost packets on a routednetwork?

A. pingB. nslookupC. routeD. tracert

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148A user has reported a problem with a network device. The network technician has theorized that the device isfaulty and has tested to confirm the theory. Which of the following steps in the troubleshooting methodologyshould the technician do NEXT?

A. Establish a theory of probable cause.B. Implement preventative measures.C. Implement the solution.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 45: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149A technician is setting up a temporary wired network for a conference being hosted at the companyheadquarters. The purpose of the network is to share files between guests laptops, with no Internet access.Which of the following devices would BEST accomplish this scenario at a low cost?

A. BridgeB. RepeaterC. ModemD. Switch

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 150Which of the following devices is a technician MOST likely to be connecting to if they are using a rollover cable?

A. HubB. RouterC. UPSD. Unmanaged switch

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151Which of the following is the address length of an IPv6 address?

A. 32B. 64C. 128D. 256

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152Which of the following is intended to be used over existing SONET equipment?

A. 10GBaseER

Page 46: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. 1000BaseTC. 10GBaseEWD. 10GBaseLR

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153A company is adding more users and has leased more office space five floors below their current office. Thecompany should install which of the following in the additional space?

A. Smart jackB. EDFC. IDFD. MDF

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154An administrator would like to display active TCP connections on a computer. Which of the followingcommands would BEST accomplish this?

A. routeB. nslookupC. ifconfigD. netstat

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155Access point placement is determined during which phase of the wireless network project?

A. Site surveyB. Hand-offC. InstallationD. Testing

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 47: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156Which of the following services does UDP connections provide to application layer protocols?

A. Manage large data sizes using segmentationB. Secure Kerberos password encryptionC. Transport means without error recoveryD. Ensure delivery through error recovery

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157A customer has reported that when using a cable to connect an older laptop to a 100Mbps switch that the linklight does not illuminate. When testing the same cable with a newer 1Gbps switch, it works fine. Which of thefollowing is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The port on the old switch has failed.B. The cable is pinned as a crossover.C. The older switch is not compliant with the new cable specifications.D. The laptop has a failed network card.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158Which of the following tools will allow an administrator to troubleshoot connectivity problems between twonetworks?

A. winipcfgB. ipconfigC. tracertD. ifconfig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159After upgrading the network switch to a gigabit, one users connection no longer works. Which of the followingwould an administrator use to verify the network cable will work at a gigabit speed?

A. Toner probe

Page 48: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. CertifierC. SnipsD. Cable stripper

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160Which of the following would be a primary concern to the physical security in a wireless network installation?

A. MAC filteringB. Key loggerC. Antenna placementD. WAP placement

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161An administrator is at a clients site to figure out an intermittent network problem. Which of the following is theFIRST step in the troubleshooting methodology that should be performed?

A. Implement and test the solution.B. Create an action plan and solution identifying potential effects.C. Identify the affected areas of the network.D. Gather information.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162Which of the following uses 802.1q?

A. VLANB. QoSC. Port mirroringD. 802.1x

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 49: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 163Which of the following cable types are acceptable to use in an environment where EMI/RFI are present? (SelectTWO).

A. MMFB. UDPC. CAT5eD. STPE. ST

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164A user browsing the Internet sees a page displaying the following information: Company policy prohibits accessto the following website.

Which of the following is MOST likely in place at the users company?

A. Content filterB. Application layer firewallC. Web load balancerD. NIDS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165Which of the following allows the LARGEST distance to be covered in a single segment?

A. 10GBaseLRB. 10GBaseTC. 10GBaseSRD. 10GBaseER

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 166Which of the following protocols operates securely at the transport layer?

A. TCP

Page 50: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. SNMPC. TLSD. TCP/IP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167A port scanner identifies that port 143 is open on the firewall and port 25 is closed. Which of the followingprotocols is being used by the company?

A. POP3B. SMTPC. SNMPD. IMAP4

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168A technician changes a VLAN name from VLAN10 to VLAN20 in a switch. Which of the following should beupdated?

A. Wiring diagramB. Physical network diagramC. Network baselineD. Logical network diagram

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169In which of the following wireless standards is MIMO used?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 51: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170Clients begin having network problems and ask the technician to expand the pool of available IP addresses. Onwhich of the following servers should this be done?

A. DNSB. TFTPC. DHCPD. PKI

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171The 10GBaseT specification is an example of a:

A. transport layer protocolB. data link layer protocolC. physical layer protocolD. network layer protocol

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172If network devices are all plugged into an Ethernet switch, the physical network topology is a:

A. starB. meshC. ringD. point-to-point

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173Which of the following mitigation techniques would be BEST used against cross-site scripting?

A. Content filteringB. MAC filteringC. Policies and procedures

Page 52: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. User training

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174A technician has deployed multiple temperature monitoring devices with IP addresses in the 10.137.24.0/25network. Such devices must receive an ICMP keep-alive packet from the server every five minutes. Which ofthe following destination IP addresses must the technician configure on the server to send keep-alive packetsto all the devices?

A. 10.137.24.0B. 10.137.24.1C. 10.137.24.127D. 10.137.24.128

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175Which of the following protocols can be found at the transport layer?

A. HTTPB. UDPC. FTPD. DNS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176Which of the following authentication protocols is typically employed in Cisco networks?

A. NTLMv2B. TACACS+C. KerberosD. MS CHAP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 53: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 177Which of the following encryption types is an administrator MOST likely to enable on a public WAP in order toprovide better security?

A. WPAB. WPA2C. WEPD. IPSec

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178A user reports that the web browser is indicating the site certificate is not trusted. Which of the following attacksmay be in progress?

A. Man-in-the-middleB. Denial of serviceC. Ping floodingD. Smurfing

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179While troubleshooting DHCP configurations, a technician notices that the address pool is full of active leasesalthough the workstations may not even be on the network. Which of the following would be the BEST solution?

A. Disabled the DHCP server and set static IP addressesB. Increase the lease time on the DHCP serverC. Shorten the lease time on the DHCP serverD. Subnet the IP address

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180Which of the following is an example of two-factor authentication?

A. A username and PINB. A username and passwordC. A username, password, finger print scan, and smart card

Page 54: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. A username, password, and key fob number

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181Which of the following uses eight groups of characters for addressing?

A. MACB. IPv4C. IPv6D. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182Which of the following WAN technologies uses labels to make forwarding decisions?

A. MPLSB. Frame-relayC. ISDND. ATM

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183An administrator is setting up a secure wireless network. The administrator decides to support 802.11n and802.11g with a WPA2 pre-shared key. Users are given the SSID with the pre-shared key, but the administratorhas disabled the SSID broadcast and MAC filtering. Some users have reported connection issues. Which of thefollowing would MOST likely resolve the users connection issues?

A. Limit the devices to 802.11n only.B. Enable the SSID broadcast.C. Enable MAC filtering.D. Use a WEP 128-bit key.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 55: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 184An administrator would like to monitor the network to evaluate which employees are using an excessive amountof bandwidth on peer to peer sharing services. Which of the following monitoring techniques would BEST beused?

A. Stateful packet inspectionB. Load balancingC. Packet sniffingD. Throughput testing

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185A user is getting very weak signals while trying to connect to wireless. Which of the following should the user doto help with signal strength?

A. Call the wireless provider and ask for a T3 circuit.B. Move the wireless router to a better location where line of sight is obtained.C. Reinstall the operating system to the PC to ensure the newest patches are installed.D. Install a hub to ensure there is a clear path for the cables to run.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186Which of the following is the BEST reason why satellite connectivity for VoIP applications should not be used?

A. Latency sensitivityB. EMIC. Low bandwidthD. Crosstalk

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187A network technician is installing multiple 802.11g WAPs with the same SSID. Which of the following channelcombinations would allow all three WAPs to operate without interfering with each other?

A. 1,6,11B. 2,6,10

Page 56: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. 3,5,9D. 7,9,11

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188Which of the following identifies the WLAN a user is connected to?

A. SSIDB. FrequencyC. WEPD. Channel

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189An administrator determines that an attack is taking place on the email server from a group of users on thesame ISP. Which of the following is the BEST way to mitigate an attack on the network?

A. Packet filteringB. ACLC. MAC filteringD. CSU

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190A network technician has configured a server with the following IP settings:IP Address:192.168.1.40/27Default Gateway: 192.168.1.64DNS: 192.168.1.33The server cannot access the Internet.Which of the following settings needs to be changed?

A. Default gatewayB. IP addressC. VLAND. DNS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 57: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191Which of the following configuration management documents will allow an administrator to troubleshoot aconnectivity problem with a CAT5e cable?

A. Wiring schematicB. Logical network diagramC. Physical network diagramD. Baseline configuration

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192Which of the following protocols does a router use to communicate packets to other routers?

A. RIPB. VLANC. STPD. VTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193A user has network connectivity per the link lights on the NIC, but cannot access any network resources or theInternet. Which of the following commands should the technician run FIRST?

A. arpB. ipconfigC. tracertD. route

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194Which of the following is the default port for SMTP?

A. 21B. 23

Page 58: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. 24D. 25

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195Which of the following connector types is used to connect a serial cable?

A. RJ-11B. BNCC. LCD. DB-9

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196Which of the following is BEST used to proactively identify if a web server has crashed?

A. IPSB. Packet snifferC. Port scannerD. Caching engine

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197A technician wants to separate networks on a switch. Which of the following should be configured to allow this?

A. VLANB. TrunkingC. Spanning treeD. Traffic filtering

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 59: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 198A customer shares a building with several other tenants. The customer reports that an unencrypted wirelessnetwork has been getting slower while their Internet traffic has steadily been increasing. Which of the followingshould be configured to resolve this problem?

A. VLANB. MTUC. WPAD. SSID

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199A network administrator is tasked to deploy wireless in a new building. The building will be used by a companythat manufactures 5GHz cordless phones. Additionally, the wireless system must support a minimum speed of54Mbps. Which of the following should be deployed to meet the requirements and avoid interference?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 801.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200After a switch upgrade, several users report no connection to the Internet, while other users report no problems.Which of the following is the MOST likely problem?

A. Wrong gatewayB. Faulty or missing routesC. No DNSD. VLAN port assignments

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201Which of the following features can be used to prevent inappropriate websites from being viewed byemployees?

A. Content filterB. Load balancer

Page 60: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. VPN concentratorD. DNS server

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 202A network technician needs to attach a cable to a 110 block. Which of the following tools would be used toaccomplish this?

A. Toner probeB. CrimperC. OTDRD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203Which of the following can determine the last time an address lease was renewed on a network device?

A. System logB. Packet snifferC. Time domain reflectometerD. Stateful packet filter

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204A network technician needs to identify the MAC address of a device that is creating broadcast storms on thenetwork. Which of the following tools will provide the needed information?

A. History logsB. Network snifferC. Network mapsD. Traffic shaping

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 61: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 205Which of the following cable mediums is NOT susceptible to EMI?

A. WirelessB. FiberC. CoaxialD. UTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206DNS lookups for a given host are intermittently failing. Which of the following would MOST likely be used todiagnose the problem?

A. arpB. nbtstatC. tracerouteD. dig

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207A user accidentally unplugs a cable from the patch panel and plugs it into the switch stack. Now, all users areunable to access any network resources. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. EMIB. Mismatched MTUsC. LoopingD. Faulty module

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208A network technician needs to require users on the network to log in, log access to network resources, andcontrol access to network resources. Which of the following will provide all of the requirements?

A. Multifactor authenticationB. WPA

Page 62: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. AAAD. Asset management

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209On which of the following layers does a hub function?

A. TransportB. Data linkC. PhysicalD. Network

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210A customer in a shared office space wants to secure the companys wireless network. The customer wants tobe able to allow clients to come in and still be able to connect to the wireless network without any changes tothe network. Which of the following should be implemented to allow for a secure wireless network for thecustomer while meeting the customers requirements? (Select TWO).

A. WPA encryptionB. MAC filteringC. Omni-directional antennasD. WEP encryptionE. SSID disable

Correct Answer: AESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211A technician is setting up an IPS security device. Which of the following should be configured on the switch toutilize the IPS?

A. PoEB. Port mirroringC. ConvergenceD. Port speed

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)

Page 63: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212A users newly installed network jack in their office has intermittent connectivity problems. Upon tracing thenetwork cable back to the punch down block, the network technician determines that the length is 180 feet (55meters). The network cable also passes by several open power junction boxes. The cable tests as continuousacross all wires and is punched down correctly. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of theintermittent connectivity problems?

A. EMIB. TXRX reversedC. DB lossD. Faulty network card

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213A user is having difficulty connecting a laptop to the companys wireless network. The technician determines theusers wireless NIC has failed and replaces it. Which of the following network troubleshooting methodologysteps should the technician do NEXT?

A. Implement the solution.B. Verify full system functionality.C. Test the theory to determine cause.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214IDS is used to detect which of the following traffic types?

A. HarmfulB. StatefulC. DHCPD. DNS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 64: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 215Redundant network devices are used to provide which of the following performance optimizations?

A. Load balancingB. High availabilityC. QoSD. Traffic shaping

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216A network administrator needs to allow all websites to be accessible by the sales team for business purposes.Which of the following ports need to be enabled on the firewall? (Select TWO).

A. 23B. 25C. 53D. 80E. 443

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217A technician would like to connect two separate LAN networks at a small business for a short period of time, toshare files. The connection needs to be temporary, and is physically impossible using standard network cabling.Which of the following is the BEST way to connect the networks in this situation?

A. Wireless repeaterB. Wireless bridgeC. BluetoothD. RADIUS server

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218Which of the following allows access to a network, based on the hardware address of a network card?

A. Port filteringB. Content filteringC. MAC filtering

Page 65: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. IP filtering

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 219Which of the following networking protocols is used to standardize correct time on network devices?

A. NTPB. RTPC. FTPD. TFTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 220A network technician has configured a new firewall to allow TCP port 80 traffic and deny UDP traffic. Usershave reported that they are unable to access Internet websites. The technician verifies by attempting to accessa popular website. Which of the following will MOST likely correct the error?

A. HTTP uses UDPB. DNS port 23 needs to be allowedC. HTTP needs port 443 allowedD. UDP port 53 needs to be allowed

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 221The TCP application layer contains which of the following OSI layers?

A. Layers 1, 5, 6, 7B. Layers 4, 7C. Layers 5, 6, 7D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 66: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 222Which of the following is used to explain guidelines for users while using network resources?

A. Network cut sheetB. BaselinesC. Acceptable use policyD. Regulations

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 223A user reports that their PC is the only one that does not have network connectivity. All the wiring has beentested properly and the problem still exists. The user is getting an APIPA address.Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Crossover cable is being usedB. Switch was powered offC. PoE is disabled on the portD. Port on the switch is disabled

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 224Which of the following defines the purpose of a DHCP scope?

A. To allocate a preset range of MAC addresses available for assignment.B. To tell a DHCP server to exclude IP addresses.C. To properly configure a DHCP servers allowed bandwidth level.D. To allocate a preset range of IP addresses available for assignment.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 225Which of the following capabilities of a firewall allows an administrator to block traffic based on key wordsdetermined by the company?

A. Stateless traffic monitorB. Stateful traffic monitorC. Signature identificationD. Content filter

Page 67: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 226Which of the following is the third layer of the OSI model?

A. TransportB. ApplicationC. Data LinkD. Network

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 227Which of the following technologies is used to connect networks at large distances without the use of physicalmedium?

A. SatelliteB. ISDNC. OC3D. OC12

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 228Users have reported issues accessing an Internet website. The network technician wants to verify network layerconnectivity. Which of the following tools can provide the verification?

A. pingB. netstatC. routeD. arp

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 229

Page 68: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A network administrator has been requested to install wireless access throughout the entire building, whileutilizing a single SSID. Which of the following options will meet this requirement?

A. Set a separate VLAN on each WAP with the same encryption type.B. Set the SSID on each WAP and set contiguous WAPs to different channels.C. Set the SSID on each WAP and set contiguous WAPs to the same channel.D. Set a separate VLAN on each WAP with the same frequency.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 230Which of the following network performance methods would be used with SIP phones?

A. CARPB. Load balancingC. QoSD. Caching engines

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 231Which of the following can be changed to help limit war driving?

A. Signal strengthB. SSIDC. FrequencyD. Channel

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 232An administrator is attempting to connect a laptop to a server via RJ-45 ports on both a device and a CAT5patch cable. All of the IP settings have been verified to be correct, yet there is a connectivity problem. Which ofthe following would MOST likely fix the IP connectivity problem?

A. Wires 1, 2 and 3, 6 need to be swapped on one end of the connecting cable.B. Use the DB-9 port with a DB-9 to RJ-45 adapter on the server.C. Manually adjust the duplex mode on the servers link.D. Configure the laptop to receive a DHCP address from the server, rather than manually setting one.

Page 69: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 233Which of the following would be an IP address received from APIPA?

A. 10.0.0.100B. 172.168.0.100C. 169.254.0.100D. 192.168.0.100

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 234A technician discovers that a malware infection has damaged part of the Windows TCP/IP stack. Which of thefollowing commands can help repair the damage?

A. netsh lanB. netsh interfaceC. netsh wlanD. netsh winsock

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 235Which of the following provides secure access to a network device?

A. SNMPv2B. FTPC. RSHD. SSH

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 70: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 236Which of the following is an invalid MAC address?

A. AA:CE:58:FD:90:08B. 44:98:3E:F8:33:23C. 56:AD:BX:89:55:54D. 94:9E:FE:EE:8C:DF

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 237An administrator needs to install a wireless network that will allow legacy devices to connect to the network andalso offer both 5GHz and 2.4GHz frequencies. Which of the following would BEST describe the type of WAPneeded?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 238A network technician has configured a new firewall on the network. Users are reporting errors when attemptingto access several websites. The technician attempts to access several popular websites with no errors,however, the technician does receive an error when attempting to access a bank website. Which of thefollowing rules would BEST allow access to the bank website?

A. Allow UDP port 53B. Allow TCP port 80C. Allow UDP port 340D. Allow TCP port 443

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 239

Page 71: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following allows for technology to be hosted in the cloud?

A. NaaSB. NASC. NCPD. NAC

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 240Which of the following wireless network standards allows for the HIGHEST speeds?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 241A user is connected to the wireless network but is unable to access any network resources. Which of thefollowing is the MOST likely cause?

A. InterferenceB. WAP placementC. SSID mismatchD. Weak signal

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 242On busy days at the office, a user notices that the VoIP telephone system sounds choppy and periodicallyechoes or loses the calls. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of these issues?

A. Routing tablesB. Network latencyC. Caching issuesD. Convergence

Correct Answer: C

Page 72: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 243When configuring a WAP for a SOHO, which parameter will BEST limit access to the office area?

A. Signal strengthB. SSID enableC. EncryptionD. Password hardening

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 244A user cannot see the companys wireless network from a new laptop. Other users who have connectedpreviously and are in the same general vicinity are communicating on the wireless network without any issues.Which of the following has been configured on the wireless network?

A. SSID disabledB. Channel selectionC. Signal gainD. Latency

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 245A network administrator wants to be able to block all already known malicious activity. Which of the followingwould allow the network administrator to perform this activity?

A. Behavioral Based IDSB. Signature Based IDSC. Behavioral Based IPSD. Signature Based IPS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 246An administrator has been tasked with running cables from one office to another neighboring office by running

Page 73: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

cables over the light fixtures in the ceiling that connects them. To prevent interference, which of the followingcable types should the administrator use?

A. CAT5eB. CAT6C. CoaxialD. Multimode fiber

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 247Which of the following is the LARGEST difference between 802.11b and 802.11n standards?

A. FrequencyB. Transmission speedC. Antenna angleD. Number of wireless channels

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 248The network technician needs to configure access to specific protocols on certain layer 2 and 3 devices. Whichof the following would need to be configured to accomplish this need?

A. Port mirroringB. ACLsC. QoSD. VLANs

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 249A senior technician is inspecting a junior technician created patch cables. There is a visible space between theends of the copper wiring and the top of the plastic at each end of the cables. Which of the following is thereason these cables cannot be used?

A. Bad connectorsB. Open shortsC. UTPD. EMI

Page 74: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 250Which of the following has a rated MAXIMUM speed of 100Mbps?

A. CAT3B. CAT5C. CAT5eD. CAT6

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 251A company needs to run cabling through a ceiling. The cabling must support Gigabit speeds and meet properfire codes. Which of the following cable types would be required?

A. Multimode fiberB. Coaxial cablingC. Plenum cablingD. STP patch cables

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 252A network technician receives a ticket that all users can no longer access an Intranet web application. Thenetwork monitoring tool shows that the server hosting the web application responds to ICMP echo requests andDNS resolves. Which of the following is the FIRST question the network technician should ask the serveradministrator?

A. Have any changes been implemented on the server?B. Is there a backup server available?C. Is the application listening port active?D. How many connections are currently established?

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 75: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 253Which of the following protocols is used to transmit outgoing email?

A. RDPB. NTPC. POP3D. SMTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 254Which of the following ports does a web browser use by default?

A. 22B. 23C. 67D. 80

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 255A technician needs to be able to direct all incoming HTTP requests containing the company cookie to the DMZweb server and all other incoming HTTP requests to the internal web server. Which of the following can thetechnician deploy to accomplish this?

A. Content switchB. Network layer proxy serverC. Multilayer switchD. Network layer load balancer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 256The ISP needs to terminate the WAN connection. The connection should be located in the network server roomwhere the company LAN equipment resides. Which of the following identifies the location?

A. Smart jackB. MDFC. VPN

Page 76: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. 66 block

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 257A pest control contractor attempts to gain access to the datacenter; however, the manager on duty notes that apest control inspection was not on the schedule. Which of the following attacks is in progress?

A. PhishingB. Social engineeringC. Man-in-the-middleD. Smurfing

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 258Which of the following could be used to inspect connection setup, request, and response headers for usersconnecting to a web server?

A. nbtstat commandB. dig commandC. ipconfig commandD. Protocol analyzer

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 259Which of the following utilities would a technician use to resolve the FQDN of a web server to its IP address?

A. netstatB. routeC. nslookupD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 77: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 260A technician is asked to not allow FTP traffic on a network. Which of the following ports should be blocked onthe firewall to achieve this?

A. 21B. 22C. 23D. 25

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 261Which of the following protocols uses port 3389?

A. IMAPB. DHCPC. SSHD. RDP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 262A network administrator wants to separate the network into broadcast domains. Which of the following can beused? (Select TWO).

A. WAPsB. RoutersC. Patch panelsD. HubsE. BridgesF. VLANs

Correct Answer: BFSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 263If a wireless key gets compromised, which of the following would MOST likely prevent the device from gettingonto the network?

A. Device placementB. Wireless standard

Page 78: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Encryption typeD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 264A technician has noticed that one of the network wires attached to a 110 block is too long and has been drapedacross the floor causing a tripping hazard. After cutting the cable shorter, which of the following tools would thetechnician use to reattach the cable to the 110 block?

A. Cable certifierB. Punch down toolC. CrimperD. Loopback plug

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 265169.254.0.100 is an IP address which would MOST likely come from which of the following?

A. CIDRB. DHCPC. APIPAD. DNS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 266Which of the following connectors push and twist-on?

A. LCB. SCC. STD. RJ-45

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 79: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 267Which of the following should be done FIRST when setting up a SOHO network?

A. Set up an account with an Internet service provider.B. Create a list of requirements and constraints.C. Arrange a domain name with a suitable registrar.D. Choose the correct operating system version.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 268Which of the following issues is a common problem in wireless infrastructures?

A. Incorrect port numberB. Mismatched SSIDsC. Invalid telnet sessionsD. Too many collisions

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 269Which of the following commands can be used on a server to discover other devices on the networksimultaneously?

A. pingB. tracerouteC. arpD. nbtstat

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 270A customer has requested a solution to allow all internally and externally bound traffic to be monitored. Whichof the following would allow a packet sniffer to do this?

A. A VPN client and VPN concentratorB. A smart jack installed for each network jackC. A managed switch with port mirroring

Page 80: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. A proxy server with content filter

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 271Which of the following is used to embed the MAC address of an Ethernet interface in a corresponding IPv6address?

A. Subnet suffixB. IANA prefixC. EUI-64 infixD. Site-local prefix

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 272A user is unable to open up websites on the Internet from a browser. The administrator determines that theworkstation can ping its local gateway, but not the remote web server. At which of the following layers of theOSI model does the problem MOST likely exist?

A. ApplicationB. NetworkC. SessionD. Physical

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 273An administrator believes that the network has been attacked and MAC addresses have been capturedallowing unauthorized computers to access the network. Which of the following tools did the attackers MOSTlikely use to accomplish this?

A. Intrusion prevention softwareB. Packet snifferC. Intrusion detection softwareD. Port scanner

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 81: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 274When examining a suspected faulty copper network cable, the administrator notices that some of the pairs areuntwisted too much. This is MOST likely causing which of the following?

A. DB lossB. DispersionC. CollisionsD. Cross-talk

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 275The unit responsible for the successful shaping and transmissions of a digital signal is called:

A. demarcB. T1 hubC. smart jackD. CSU/DSU

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 276Which of the following LAN technologies is used on cellular networks?

A. EthernetB. CSMAC. TokenD. POTS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 277Which of the following layers of the OSI model is above the Session layer?

A. Data linkB. PresentationC. Physical

Page 82: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Transport

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 278Which of the following commands can be used to check whether the DNS server for a given domain isreachable?

A. nmapB. nbtstatC. digD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 279Which of the following network access methods is the MOST secure?

A. PPPoEB. SIPC. RSHD. IPSec

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 280Which of the following network topologies allows only communication to take place from one node at a time bypassing a token around the network?

A. StarB. MeshC. BusD. Ring

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 83: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 281Which of the following security threats relies primarily on user deception and misinformation?

A. Rogue access pointsB. DoS attacksC. Man-in-the-middle attacksD. Phishing

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 282A network technician is tasked with installing a router and firewall to get an office working with Internet access.Which of the following features MUST be configured to allow sharing of a single public IP address?

A. QoSB. POP3C. PATD. SMTP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 283A network technician is tasked with implementing a wireless network at a corporate office with a broadcoverage area for the wireless employees. Wireless network throughput should be maximized. Which of thefollowing would BEST meet these requirements?

A. WAPs with wireless repeater mode supportB. WAPs with wireless bridge mode supportC. Wireless Distribution SystemD. WLAN roaming with hotspot support

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 284Several users in a SOHO are having problems staying connected to the WAP. The technician notices the WAPsupporting the SOHO is located in a broom closet down the hall. Which of the following will MOST likelyalleviate the problem?

A. Move the WAP from the closet to a central location.B. Ensure all the workstations are on the MAC address filter.

Page 84: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Turn up the signal strength to 120%.D. Change the channel on the WAP.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 285After plugging a cable into a computer, a user reports there is no network access. Which of the following toolswould the technician MOST likely check to verify that the cable was crimped correctly?

A. Punch down toolB. Cable certifierC. Loopback plugD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 286A technician is configuring a wireless network. Which of the following should the technician setup in order toprevent intruders if the encryption key gets compromised?

A. WAP placementB. MAC filteringC. WPA2D. Disable SSID

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 287A customer wants to have wireless network access only in the conference room. The customer has placed aWAP in the room, but notices that offices across the hall also receive a wireless signal. Which of the followingcould be done together to solve this problem? (Select TWO).

A. Turn down the signal gain.B. Increase the encryption method.C. Change the wireless channel.D. Replace the WAPs antennas with directional antennas.E. Disable the SSID.

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)

Page 85: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 288Which of the following cable types is MOST likely used for transmitting cable television signals into a house?

A. CAT5B. CAT6C. CoaxialD. Fiber

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 289Which of the following is a routing protocol that has the FASTEST convergence?

A. OSPFB. BGPC. RIPD. STP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 290Which of the following would a technician find in a network map?

A. QoS standardsB. MDF/IDFsC. System logsD. Firewall rules

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 291A network administrator is setting up an internal IIS server with a static IP address. When a user types the IPaddress for the IIS server into a web browser, it opens up to the printer configuration page. Which of thefollowing is MOST likely the cause?

A. Wrong default gateway

Page 86: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Wrong subnet maskC. Duplicate IP addressD. VLAN assignment

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 292A user arrives at a new house and the Internet provider states the connection will run through the cable. If theuser wants to install multiple PCs, which of the following will the user need in order to establish a connection?(Select TWO).

A. VPNB. RouterC. T1 cardD. WEPE. Modem

Correct Answer: BESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 293VoIP is being implemented throughout a company and the network technician needs to ensure that data andvoice traffic do not interfere with each other. Which of the following features should be configured on a layer 3switch to prioritize traffic for VoIP?

A. VLANB. VTPC. Port securityD. QoS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 294Which of the following is always true when a router selects a destination?

A. The default gateway is selected over any other static or dynamic route.B. The shortest route is always selected.C. The most specific route is selected over the default gateway.D. A dynamic route is selected over a directly attached network.

Correct Answer: C

Page 87: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 295Which of the following BEST describes the operation of a VLAN?

A. A VLAN gives higher priority to packets of a specific type to ensure consistent throughput.B. A VLAN allows for multiple logical subnets to coexist on a single physical switch.C. A VLAN tracks user network traffic throughout the network to detect improper usage.D. A VLAN is used to scan all packets entering a network to ensure no viruses are present.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 296Which of the following wireless standards has an indoor range MAXIMUM of 60 feet (18 meters)?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 297Which of the following has a DB-9 connector?

A. SCB. RS-232C. LCD. RJ-45

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 298An administrator wants to verify which protocols are in use on the network. Which of the following tools shouldbe used?

A. Intrusion detection software

Page 88: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. PoEC. Packet snifferD. Intrusion prevention software

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 299Which of the following VPN methods is BEST used for connecting a remote office to the main company office?

A. WEP-to-WPAB. RDP-to-RASC. Client-to-siteD. Site-to-site

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 300Which of the following features will a firewall MOST likely use to detect and prevent malicious traffic on thenetwork?

A. Zone filteringB. Signature identificationC. Port identificationD. Port scanner

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 301On which of the following layers of the OSI model does TCP/IP operate?

A. SessionB. TransportC. NetworkD. Data link

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 89: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 302A customer needs to assign a publically resolvable FQDN to a local server in their small office. The Internetconnection to the office has an IP address that changes daily. Which of the following is the SIMPLESTsolution?

A. A POTS connectionB. STP cablingC. A VPN routerD. Dynamic DNS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 303Which of the following BEST describes the point at which an ISPs responsibility for an Internet connectionends?

A. RouterB. MDFC. IDFD. Demarc

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 304A company only wants preapproved laptops to be able to connect to a wireless access point.Which of the following should be configured?

A. SSID disableB. ACL rulesC. WPA encryptionD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 305Which of the following access methods is BEST to replace telnet if a secure connection is required?

A. FTPB. WEP

Page 90: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. SSHD. PPP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 306A technician is configuring a wireless access point. Which of the following channels should the technician use ifthe LEAST interference potential is desired?

A. 1,6,11B. 2,5,10C. 3,7,10D. 7, 8, 9

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 307An administrator needs to install a new WAP that will allow new devices to be connected and stream media atthe HIGHEST available bandwidth. Which of the following would the administrator MOST likely install?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 308Two duplicate pieces of equipment can be used in conjunction for which of the following purposes? (SelectTWO).

A. High availabilityB. Fault toleranceC. Reduce latencyD. Wi-MAXE. CARP

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Page 91: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 309Which of the following network devices MOST likely functions as a network repeater or a bridge?

A. VPN concentratorB. IDSC. Access pointD. Firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 310The Network Interface Layer of the TCP/IP model corresponds to which of the following layers of the OSImodel? (Select TWO).

A. NetworkB. SessionC. TransportD. PhysicalE. Data link

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 311A user from the finance department reports that their Internet connection is no longer working. A different userfrom the same department, reports the inability to access the network printer. The network technician is able toaccess the Internet and other departments, but is unable to access the main switch at the finance department.Which of the following steps should the network technician follow?

A. Escalate the problem to the Chief Information Officer (CIO).B. Establish a theory of probable cause.C. Question users and continue to gather information.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem immediately.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 312Which of the following is used to provide hot standby capabilities using paired routers?

Page 92: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. CARPB. L2TPC. PPTPD. ISAKMP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 313Which of the following would be used to check whether a DoS attack is taking place from a specific remotesubnet?

A. Syslog filesB. HoneypotC. Network snifferD. tracert

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 314Which of the following commands can be used on a server to display the default router setting?

A. pingB. nslookupC. routeD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 315Which of the following commands can be used on a server to display IP information for a given interface?

A. nbtstatB. digC. ifconfigD. msconfig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 93: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 316Which of the following could be used to find the approximate location of a break in a long network cable?

A. Protocol analyzerB. Time domain reflectometerC. Toner probeD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 317Which of the following can be modified on an 802.11n router that is not available as an option on 802.11gdevice?

A. SSIDB. EncryptionC. ChannelsD. Spectrum

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 318A network technician notices that a cable is unplugged next to a Layer 2 switch. Before the technician pluggedthe cable in the switch, the cable was traced back and found it was already plugged into another port in thesame switch. Which of the following issues was avoided?

A. Mismatched MTUB. Port mirroringC. Switching loopD. Duplicate IP address

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 319A client's computer is unable to access any network resources. Which of the following utilities can a technicianuse to determine the IP address of the client# s machine?

Page 94: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. ipconfigB. routeC. digD. tracert

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 320Which of the following is a purpose of a VLAN?

A. Decreases bandwidth on a networkB. Segments broadcast trafficC. Increases port speedD. Allows another connection to the router

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 321A switch in IDF 3 has shut down at 3 p.m. everyday this week. Which of the following network tools should beused to troubleshoot this problem?

A. Environmental monitorB. Cable testerC. TDRD. Loopback plug

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 322Which of the following layers of the OSI model would a NIC operate on?

A. PhysicalB. NetworkC. SessionD. Transport

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 95: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 323Which of the following DNS record types is required to have email flow to a companys email server?

A. AB. AAAAC. MXD. PTR

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 324Which of the following protocols would be used to send email to an email server?

A. NTPB. FTPC. SNMPD. SMTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 325Which of the following ports would need to be open on a firewall to allow SSH on the default port?

A. 20B. 21C. 22D. 23

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 326Which of the following network appliances would facilitate an even amount of traffic hitting each web server?

A. Load balancerB. VPN concentratorC. Proxy serverD. Content filter

Page 96: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 327Which of the following DNS records would allow for a website to have more than one FQDN?

A. TXTB. PTRC. MXD. CNAME

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 328Once a technician has implemented the solution to a user reported problem, which of the following should thetechnician do NEXT?

A. Alert the user that everything is repaired.B. Verify full system functionality.C. Document findings, actions, and outcomes.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 329Tenants access multiple wireless networks in a building. Users report intermittent connectivity. Which of thefollowing is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The channels are overlapping with other wireless networks and should be changed.B. The SSIDs are incompatible and should be renamed.C. The users have incompatible wireless network cards and should upgrade.D. The default idle period for logoff is too short and should be changed to a longer limit.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 330

Page 97: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A network technician is troubleshooting in a wiring closet in 2011. The cabling to all the equipment does notmatch the documentation from 2007. Which of the following configuration management methods has beenoverlooked?

A. Change managementB. System logsC. Asset managementD. Baselining

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 331An unusual amount of activity is coming into one of the switches in an IDF. A malware attack is suspected.Which of the following tools would appropriately diagnose the problem?

A. Cable testerB. Protocol analyzerC. Load balancerD. OTDR

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 332IP addresses belong to which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. NetworkB. ApplicationC. Data LinkD. Transport

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 333A switch is added to increase capacity and is linked to an existing switch with multiple VLANs. Which of thefollowing techniques can extend existing VLANs into the new switch?

A. OSPF routingB. Traffic shapingC. Port bondingD. Trunking

Page 98: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 334Which of the following would MOST likely be used to remotely verify port configuration of a switch?

A. traceroute commandB. SNMP monitorC. nbtstat commandD. dig command

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 335A customer is looking to implement wireless security. Which of the following provides the WEAKESTencryption?

A. SSHB. WEPC. TLSD. EAP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 336Which of the following could be used to estimate RTT across a router?

A. digB. tracerouteC. arpD. uptime

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 337Which of the following can be used to view the list of ports on which a server is listening?

Page 99: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. digB. net statisticsC. netstatD. nslookup

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 338Which of the following can be used to view the amount of network traffic on a selected interface of a server?

A. netstatB. tracerouteC. routeD. net statistics

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 339The amount of time that it takes for a client to respond to a simple network request is known as:

A. latency.B. hop count.C. MTU.D. bandwidth.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 340An end user has plugged in both ends of the same network cable to two adjacent jacks. Both ports areconnected to the same switch on the IDF. Which of the following will MOST likely happen?

A. VLAN malfunctionB. Broadcast stormC. Quality of Service lossD. Duplicate IP addresses

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 100: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 341Which of the following ports would have to be allowed through a firewall for POP3 traffic to pass on its defaultport?

A. 110B. 123C. 143D. 443

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 342A client has observed non-employees sitting in their parking lot and surfing on their unsecured wirelessconnection. Which of the following could be employed to potentially prevent this? (Select TWO).

A. PoEB. VLANsC. MTU black holeD. GBIC installationE. WPAF. Reduction of signal gain

Correct Answer: EFSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 343Which of the following would be configured to modify the time a device will hold an IP address provided throughDHCP?

A. DNS suffixesB. LeasesC. Static IP addressingD. Reservations

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 344

Page 101: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

The network technician is configuring the channels being used within the WLAN, to ensure a minimal amount ofinterference. Which of the following channel setups would be used to avoid overlap?

A. 1, 6, 9B. 1,6,11C. 1,7,10D. 2,6,11

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 345Which of the following is an example of a DHCP failover mechanism?

A. APIPAB. Inactive leaseC. ReservationsD. Active lease

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 346The DHCP server leases IP addresses 10.162.233.158 to WBAC11 for a period of 14 days. At which of thefollowing times would WBAC11 send an initial request to the DHCP server to renew the IP address lease?

A. Day 4B. Day 6C. Day 8D. Day 10

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 347Which of the following does the IP address 169.254.222.10 indicate?

A. No DHCP server connectivityB. Static IP address is assignedC. Firewall issueD. Duplicate IP addresses are found

Correct Answer: A

Page 102: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 348A technician has installed a group of layer 2 switches with multiple VLANs. The VLANs cannot talk to eachother. Which of the following network devices could correct this problem? (Select TWO).

A. HubB. VPN serverC. DHCP serverD. Layer 3 switchE. Router

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 349A technician is troubleshooting the installation of a new server. The link light on the switch is on, but is not thesame color as other ports. Which of the following is MOST likely the problem?

A. Wrong port speedB. Crossover cableC. Bad cableD. Wrong VLAN

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 350A technician is setting up a wireless access point and wants to keep it as secure as possible. Which of thefollowing settings should be configured for security purposes? (Select TWO).

A. ChannelB. EncryptionC. SSIDD. SSID broadcastE. Frequency

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 103: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 351A user has observed that moving a laptop computer closer to a WAP causes the connection to become slowand unreliable. Which of the following is MOST likely the cause?

A. ObstructionB. Channel interferenceC. IncompatibilityD. Wrong antenna type

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 352A users computer does not have connectivity with any network devices. A technician physically checks thecables and switch, finding no problem. The technician notices that the user has switched from a desktopcomputer to a laptop. Which of the following is the MOST likely problem?

A. Incorrect MTU sizeB. MAC filtering on the portC. Bad switch portD. No subnet mask

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 353Garage door openers, baby monitors, home alarm systems, and microwave ovens all create interference inwhich of the following frequency ranges?

A. 2.4GHzB. 3.5GHzC. 5.8GHzD. 6.0GHz

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 354The network support team is constantly getting calls from users in a specific area of an office building. Theusers are able to connect to the office wireless network, but they sometimes disconnect or experience veryslow download speeds. Which of the following is MOST likely the problem?

A. Incorrect service set identifier

Page 104: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Low signal strength or interferenceC. Incorrect encryption schemeD. Incorrect IP address or subnet mask

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 355A user is unable to reach websites, but is able to ping several Internet IPv4 addresses. Which of the following isthe MOST likely problem?

A. Incorrect subnet maskB. Incorrect DNSC. Missing default gatewayD. Incorrect IPv6 address

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 356A technician finds that various machines connected to a single switch are receiving addresses in both the192.168.1.x range and the 10.0.0.x range. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of such an issue?

A. Incorrect PoE configuration on the switchB. A packet storm has taken over the networkC. Multiple DHCP servers on the networkD. Misconfigured DHCP server on the network

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 357Which of the following subnet masks indicate a subnet with exactly 254 available IP addresses?

A. 255.0.0.0B. 255.255.0.0C. 255.255.255.0D. 255.255.255.254

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 105: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 358A customer has reported that the wireless signal from a WAP can only be found in one specific corner of aconference room. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Incorrect encryption methodB. Incorrect antenna typeC. Incorrect channelD. Incorrect SSID identifier

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 359A technician has replaced the Internet gateway router, and now no users can reach the Internet. The techniciancan ping the router Ethernet port. Which of the following is the MOST likely problem?

A. Faulty crossover cableB. Wrong subnet maskC. Switching loopD. Interface shutdown

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 360A user wants a SOHO network to be protected from unauthorized users hacking their network. Which of thefollowing should be implemented to aide in this matter?

A. VPNB. Throughput testerC. FirewallD. OC3

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 361Which of the following wiring distribution components is used to bring the access provider circuit from the smartjack to the server room?

A. CSU/DSU

Page 106: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Demarc extensionC. MDFD. IDF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 362In contrast to earlier Wi-Fi speeds, which of the following BEST describes the antenna and channelizationproperties used in 802.11n?

A. MIMO, DSSSB. MIMO, OFDMAC. SISO, DSSSD. SISO, CDMA

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 363A network administrator would like to ensure that the footprint of the company# s wireless coverage is limited tothe office borders, located on the premises. Which of the following features should be adjusted on all of thecompany# s WAPs to make this change?

A. SSID maskingB. PPPoEC. Transmission powerD. Encryption technology

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 364Which of the following wireless router security measures provides access to a network by allowing only deviceson an approved physical address list?

A. Port filteringB. MAC filteringC. SSID maskingD. Port forwarding

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)

Page 107: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 365CAT6 Ethernet cabling has a rated maximum transmission capability of:

A. 10Mbps.B. 100Mbps.C. 20,000Mbps.D. 10,000Mbps.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 366Which of the following is an example of OSI model layer 4?

A. ASCIIB. TCP/IPC. SCSI busD. MAC address

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 367A technician is asked to install a new wireless router, and make sure access to the new wireless network issecured. Which of the following should be considered for security?

A. The router has the correct antenna type.B. The router has SSID disabled.C. The router is compatible with 802.11g.D. The router is broadcasting on the correct frequency.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 368The TCP application layer contains which of the following OSI layers?

A. Layers 1,5,6,7

Page 108: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Layers 4,7C. Layers 5,6,7D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 369Which of the following applications are extremely sensitive to latency? (Select TWO).

A. VPNB. Video conferencingC. HTTP trafficD. Peer-to-peerE. VoIP systems

Correct Answer: BESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 370An IPS appliance that uses statistical analysis to identify network traffic anomalies is said to be:

A. not as secure as an IDS.B. vulnerable to false positives.C. signature based.D. behavior based.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 371A customer has been using a combination of SSID disable and WEP encryption for wireless security. Latelythere have been many unauthorized devices on the customer# s wireless network. Which of the followingshould also be implemented to prevent unauthorized devices from connecting? (Select TWO).

A. SSID should be changed daily and enabled.B. WEP should be replaced with WPA encryption.C. MAC filtering should be enabled and configured.D. A different WAP manufacturer should be used to prevent commonly used security cracking techniques.E. Omni-directional antennas should be used to limit signal strength.

Correct Answer: BCSection: (none)

Page 109: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 372After installing new cabling, a technician notices that several computers are connecting to network resourcesvery slowly. Which of the following tools would BEST help in determining if the new cabling is the cause of theproblem?

A. MultimeterB. Cable certifierC. Cable testerD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 373The network technician needs to verify that a cable is in good condition and works properly. Which of thefollowing tools should the network technician use to verify the cable?

A. Loopback plugB. CrimperC. Environment monitorD. Cable tester

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 374The network technician needs to run a cable through a power distribution room that contains a high voltagetransformer. Which of the following Ethernet cable types would be used to minimize EMI interference?

A. FTPB. STPC. UTPD. RTP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 375Which of the following ports should be allowed through a firewall to allow DNS resolution to occur to an outside

Page 110: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

DNS server?

A. 20B. 53C. 80D. 3389

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 376Which of the following protocols is used to dynamically assign IP addresses to network devices?

A. IGMPB. SMTPC. DHCPD. FTP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 377For which of the following reasons could a single server# s NIC transmit packets from multiple MAC addresssources?

A. The server contains several virtual machines and the MAC addresses are from the virtual machines.B. The server is hosting a web server and the MAC addresses are from connected browsers.C. The server is hosting a VPN concentrator and the MAC addresses are from the connected clients.D. The server NIC is starting to fail and should be replaced.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 378Which of the following allows for multiple backend web servers to be accessed through a single public IPaddress?

A. Traffic shapingB. Caching enginesC. Network address translationD. Quality of service prioritization

Correct Answer: C

Page 111: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 379A technician has noticed a network cable running in a drop ceiling across the ballast of a fluorescent lightingfixture. This can cause which of the following problems?

A. EMIB. Cross-talkC. Open shortsD. Connector decay

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 380Which of the following provides a device with an IP address that does not remain the same each time the leaseis renewed?

A. ReservationB. Static IP addressC. ScopeD. Dynamic IP address

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 381A technician is connecting a new desktop computer to a switch. The technician was only able to locate onecable in the office for the installation. The wires at each end are color coded as follows:

End A: orange-white, orange, green-white, blue, blue-white, green, brown-white, brown

End B: green-white, green, orange-white, blue, blue-white, orange, brow-white, brown

Which of the following should the technician do to complete the installation?

A. Re-end the provided cable, keeping the wiring the same.B. Use the provided cable.C. Purchase a crossover cable.D. Purchase a straight-through cable.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 112: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 382An administrator configures a device that functions at the network layer, and also has 24 collision domains.Which of the following terms BEST describes this device?

A. RouterB. VPN concentratorC. Wireless access pointD. Multilayer switch

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 383A user cannot access a company database. The technician has gathered all relevant information, identified theproblem, and established a likely theory for the issue. After testing this theory, the technician finds it is incorrect.Which of the following should the technician do NEXT to resolve the problem?

A. Establish a plan of action.B. Ask the user when the problem first started.C. Verify system functionality.D. Re-establish a new theory.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 384A client is requesting a WAP to be setup at a new location. The client would like the wireless access to berestricted to only four laptops. Which of the following would be the BEST solution?

A. WPA enterpriseB. Port filteringC. Lower the signalD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 385The wireless network inside a large training room has been saturated with client requests. Most of the clientrequests are coming from smartphones and laptops. The network technician has been tasked with increasing

Page 113: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

the performance of the wireless access point. Which of the following would BEST accomplish this?

A. Switch the channelB. Change frequenciesC. Channel bondingD. Increase the signal

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 386A network technician needs to address bandwidth issues on the wireless network. There are currently four802.11g access points with speeds of 54Mbps. The technician would like to increase the bandwidth up to108Mbps. Which of the following would be the BEST solution?

A. Disable SSIDB. Channel bondingC. MIMOD. Increase the signal

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 387Blocking a known malicious web address by using the ACL on the firewall is an example of which of thefollowing?

A. IP filteringB. Application filteringC. MAC filteringD. Port filtering

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 388A firewall that looks at the source IP and destination IP then routes them accordingly is an example of which ofthe following?

A. Packet filterB. Stateful inspectionC. Packet sniffingD. Application gateway

Page 114: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 389The process that allows for authentication between computers as a precursor to IPSec is:

A. PEAP.B. AH.C. ISAKMP.D. L2TP.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 390An administrator is responsible for one Linux and two Windows servers. The administrator would like to reviewall server logs centrally. Which of the following services could be used in this scenario?

A. Event logsB. BaselinesC. Change managementD. Syslog

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 391A network administrator has discovered attempts to penetrate the network and access the customer database.Which of the following methods could be used to provide a false customer database to the attacker?

A. RadiusB. DMZC. HoneypotD. Kerberos

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 392

Page 115: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following would only alert a network technician of a possible attack, but take no action to stop theattack?

A. SSLB. IPSC. VPND. IDS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 393A network technician needs to push changes out to network devices and also monitor the devices based oneach device# s MIB. Which of the following should be used?

A. SNMPB. Traffic analysisC. SyslogD. Asset management

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 394A network technician is concerned that a user is utilizing a company PC for file sharing and using a largeamount of the bandwidth. Which of the following tools can be used to identify the IP and MAC address of theusers PC?

A. SNMP v3B. History logC. Network snifferD. Nslookup

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 395A network technician is setting up a router and wants to ensure fast convergence of the routing information.Which of the following protocols could be used?

A. RIPB. VLSMC. OSPF

Page 116: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. STP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 396A network technician has configured a new firewall with a rule to deny UDP traffic. Users have reported thatthey are unable to access Internet websites. The technician verifies this using the IP address of a popularwebsite. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the error?

A. Implicit denyB. HTTP transports over UDPC. Website is downD. DNS server failure

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 397A network technician has been notified that several PCs are infected and are sending spam emails. Thetechnician wants to add a rule to the firewall to prevent the sending of emails from the internal network. Whichof the following rules will prevent this?

A. Deny TCP port 25 outboundB. Deny UDP port 53 outboundC. Deny TCP port 110 outboundD. Deny UDP port 213 outbound

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 398A technician wants to limit access to a wireless network to company owned laptops, but does not want to usean encryption method. Which of the following methods would be BEST to accomplish this?

A. MAC filteringB. SSL VPNC. PPPoED. WPA Enterprise

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 117: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 399The term virtual switch refers to which of the following?

A. A switch that has not yet been implemented in the local networkB. Migrating an entire environment to virtualizationC. A computer component that controls environmental elements, such as lights and thermometersD. A logical, rather than a physical switch device

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 400Which of the following describes a single computer that is setup specifically to lure hackers into revealing theirmethods, and preventing real attacks on the production network?

A. Evil twinB. HoneypotC. DMZD. Honeynet

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 401Which of the following authentication methods is MOST secure?

A. NTLMB. CHAPC. MS-CHAPD. Kerberos

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 402An administrator wants to eliminate remote access to a network from all users, except those users in theadministrator# s own country. Which of the following security measures could the administrator use to set upthis functionality?

A. MAC filtering

Page 118: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Port filteringC. IP filteringD. TLS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 403An administrator has been asked to connect an analog phone cabling in a server room. Which of the followingshould the administrator use?

A. 66 blockB. 110 blockC. Circuit switchD. Smart jack

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 404Which of the following assists in handling incoming traffic, reducing the burden on individual appliances?

A. Load balancerB. Content filterC. File serverD. FTP bounce

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 405Which of the following is the FASTEST cable type that can pass Ethernet traffic?

A. 10GBaseTB. 10BaseTC. 100BaseTD. 1000BaseT

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 119: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 406A Chief Executive Officer (CEO) decided that only a limited number of authorized company workstations will beable to connect to the Internet. Which of the following would BEST accomplish this goal?

A. Use content filteringB. Install and configure IDSC. Enable MAC address filteringD. Enable RAS on the network firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 407A coffee shop has hired a technician to install a wireless hot-spot. However, after the hot-spot is enabled, it wasnoted that there were more cars in the parking lot than customers in the coffee shop. Which of the following willalleviate this problem?

A. Change the channel on the WAP.B. Turn down the signal strength on the WAP.C. Turn on WEP-WPA encryption on the WAP.D. Change the SSID and turn up the signal strength on the WAP.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 408A SOHO had their wireless network breached on several occasions. The user turned off the SSID and enabledWEP encryption, but breaches are still occurring. Which of the following will improve security and MOST likelyprevent future breaches?

A. Turn down the signal strengthB. Replace the WAP and enable WEPC. Change both the SSID and WEP keyD. Enable WPA2 encryption

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 409It has been suspected that one of the users is using the network inappropriately. As a preventive measure HRhas authorized the IT department to enable port mirroring on the users network port. Which of the followingdevices would be used to monitor the network activity?

Page 120: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Port analyzerB. MultimeterC. Network snifferD. Traffic analyzer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 410A wireless LAN discovery tool that sends a null probe request to seek out wireless LANs, is a component ofwhich of the following?

A. War drivingB. War chalkingC. WEP crackingD. An evil twin

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 411The normal SSID for a company is Internal A. Another SSID is being picked up called Internal B, which requiresusers to input their network username and password. Users are connecting to this secondary hot-spot via theirlaptops. Which of the following would BEST describe this scenario?

A. WEP crackingB. Rogue access pointC. War drivingD. WPA cracking

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 412A new business# web server has seen a huge spike of legitimate traffic in the last week. The owners want toensure the site has no problems as the business continues to grow. As a network administrator, which of thefollowing is the MOST important concern for this company?

A. CachingB. Asset managementC. Traffic shapingD. High availability

Page 121: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 413Multiple computers are connected to a hub near a wall plate. In order to get to the computers, students step onand around the cable that connects the teacher# s station, a few feet away, to the same hub. The teacher isexperiencing no network connectivity. Which of the following is MOST likely the problem?

A. Bad connectorB. Split cablesC. DistanceD. EMI

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 414Which of the following is a circuit switching WAN technology?

A. T3B. Frame relayC. X.25D. FDDI

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 415A company is expanding and has found that logging into each device to collect error information is consumingtoo much time. They have asked a network administrator to set up a server that will capture errors from eachdevice automatically. Which of the following technologies would BEST fit this requirement?

A. SyslogB. RADIUSC. IPSecD. Network sniffer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 122: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 4161000BaseT offers which of the following benefits over 100BaseTX? (Select TWO).

A. Increased speedB. Full duplexC. Multiple transmission frequenciesD. Increased segment distanceE. EMI resistance

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 417Which of the following is an example of a Class D IP address?

A. 10.4.0.1B. 128.32.200.21C. 192.168.2.5D. 224.200.15.9

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 418A user reports to a technician that an Ethernet cable was run over by an office chair, and now the user cannotconnect to the Internet. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. CrosstalkB. EMIC. Split cableD. Bad connectors

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 419Which of the following network performance optimizations provides the BEST fault tolerance?

A. QoSB. RedundancyC. Traffic shapingD. High availability

Page 123: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 420A technician wants to prevent users from visiting social networking sites. Which of the following should beconfigured on the firewall to BEST achieve this?

A. PATB. Content filterC. Implicit denyD. NAT

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 421A technician is asked to recommend new hardware for a company that runs their own customized databasesoftware. Which of the following is MOST important to consider when recommending the new hardware?

A. Total number of cables and cable lengths neededB. Compatibility with the database softwareC. Limitations of the equipmentD. Environmental concerns

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 422A technician installing a new switch notices that users on the switch can communicate with other devices on thenetwork, but not with the Internet. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Duplicate IP addressB. Wrong DHCPC. Wrong DNSD. Wrong subnet mask

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 124: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 423A technician has just finished running a new CAT6 cable and needs to connect the end of the cable to the walloutlet. Which of the following tools would the technician use to finish the installation?

A. CrimperB. Punch down toolC. Loopback plugD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 424Which of the following is the loopback address for IPv6?

A. ::1B. ::255C. 127.0.0.1D. 127:0:0:1

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 425Which of the following attack techniques involves using a WAP with the same SSID to trick users into revealingusernames and passwords?

A. Packet sniffingB. Man-in-the-middleC. Smurf attackD. Evil twin

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 426Which of the following BEST describes the purpose of DHCP?

A. DHCP is used to filter web traffic based on content restrictions.B. DHCP is used to detect unauthorized traffic on a network.C. DHCP is used to aggregate secure connections into a private network.D. DHCP is used to assign IP addresses to clients upon request.

Page 125: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 427Which of the following cable types is LEAST susceptible to EMI by definition?

A. CoaxialB. FiberC. PlenumD. STP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 428A technician has noticed that the RJ-45 connector on the end of a users patch cable was stripped too far backfrom the connector allowing for cross talk. Which of the following tools would a technician use to attach a newconnector to eliminate this issue?

A. CrimperB. Cable certifierC. Loopback plugD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 429A company has only three laptops that connect to their wireless network. The company is currently using WEPencryption on their wireless network. They have noticed unauthorized connections on their WAP and want tosecure their wireless connection to prevent this. Which of the following security measures would BEST securetheir wireless network? (Select TWO).

A. Change the encryption method to WPAB. Limit the DHCP scope to only have three addresses totalC. Enable the SSID broadcastD. Enable and configure MAC filteringE. Change the broadcast channel to a less commonly used channel

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 126: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 430A company wants to implement a wireless encryption method, but wants the key to be a simple phrase so theycan easily allow visitors to connect. Which of the following wireless encryption methods should they employ?

A. WPAB. WPA2 EnterpriseC. PKID. WEP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 431A distribution layer switch with an SC GBIC that has a fiber connection back to the core has gone bad andneeds to be replaced with a newer model and an LC GBIC. The fiber patch cable was replaced with a knowngood LC patch cable. After replacing the switch, the fiber connection shows no link. Which of the following isMOST likely the cause of the problem?

A. DB lossB. Incompatible GBICC. TXRX reversedD. Cross-talk

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 432A technician is configuring ports on a switch. The technician turns off auto-negotiation and sets the port speedto 1000 Mbps. A user# s PC is no longer able to access the network. Which of the following is MOST likely theproblem?

A. The user# s NIC does not support 1Gbps.B. The switch is not compatible with 1000Mbps.C. The user# s NIC does not support 100Mbps.D. The technician needs to restart the DNS server.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 433Users are reporting that they no longer have network access. A computer icon shows that network connectionis unplugged. Which of the following is the MOST likely reason for this?

Page 127: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. NIC power failure on the serverB. Firewall is denying all trafficC. Patch panel power failureD. Switch power failure

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 434Which of the following connectors are used only for RG-6 cables?

A. F-connectorB. MTRJC. RJ-45D. RS-232

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 435An application server is placed on the network and the intended application is not working correctly. Which ofthe following could be used to make sure sessions are being opened properly?

A. Antivirus scannerB. IDSC. Packet snifferD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 436Which of the following would be MOST helpful to an administrator in determining where all fiber pairs areterminated on the network?

A. Network baselineB. Network diagramsC. Asset managementD. Wiring schematics

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 128: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 437Which of the following is an authentication, authorization, and accounting method that provides administrativeaccess to network devices?

A. PKIB. TACACS+C. CHAPD. SSH

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 438Which of the following security devices is used in providing packet and MAC address filtering services for thenetwork?

A. Host-based proxy serverB. Network-based firewallC. IDSD. IPS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 439A firewall that operates at Layer 7 of the OSI model is known as a(n):

A. circuit gateway.B. packet filter.C. application level.D. redundant firewall.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 440Which of the following is the MOST secure way to prevent malicious changes to a firewall?

A. SNMPv2 access only

Page 129: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. TELNET access onlyC. SSH access onlyD. Console access only

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 441Which of the following mediums is circuit switched?

A. PSTNB. ATMC. Frame relayD. MPLS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 442Which of the following provides resource record information about network nodes such as canonical names?

A. Proxy serverB. IPSC. DNSD. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 443An authentication system based upon secret and non-secret cryptographic certificates is known as which of thefollowing?

A. PATB. PKIC. MACD. NAC

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 130: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 444Which of the following is true about tunneling and encryption?

A. SIP encrypts all data going through the tunnel.B. PPTP creates a secure tunnel.C. SSL VPN provides a secure tunnel.D. RAS is a secure way to create a tunnel.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 445Which of the following media types will block EMI?

A. UTPB. SerialC. STPD. Non-plenum

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 446Which of the following is a common connector used on a coaxial cable?

A. RJ-45B. DB-25C. BNCD. LC

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 447Which of the following services do TCP connections provide to application layer protocols? (Select TWO).

A. Transport services without error recoveryB. Large data size manageability using segmentationC. Secure Kerberos password encryption on dataD. Delivery through error recoveryE. Proxy server authentication

Page 131: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 448Which of the following devices will allow a user to see a cached copy of websites?

A. Content switchB. DNS serverC. Proxy serverD. Load balancer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 449Which of the following is needed when using WPA2-Enterprise wireless encryption?

A. TFTPB. RADIUSC. LDAPD. IPSec

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 450Which of the following is the MOST economical way to implement 10-Gigabit Ethernet at a datacenter?

A. 10GBaseLRB. 10GBaseSRC. 10GBaseXD. 10GBaseT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 451Which of the following wiring standards would be MOST likely used to test port functionality on a device?

Page 132: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. 568AB. 568BC. CrossoverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 452Which of the following technologies has different upload and download speeds?

A. OC12B. SDSLC. OC3D. ADSL

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 453Which of the following tools would an administrator use to determine if there is a problem with a telephone line?

A. Port scannerB. Punch down toolC. Butt setD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 454Which of the following is the network topology in which computers connect in a closed circle?

A. BusB. MeshC. RingD. Star

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 133: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 455Which of the following protocols is used to synchronize local date and time of a client workstation to that of aserver?

A. RTPB. NTPC. TFTPD. ARP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 456An administrator has created a patch cable. Which of the following tools should the administrator use to checkthe integrity of the cable?

A. Protocol analyzerB. Toner probeC. Cable certifierD. Cable stripper

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 457A packet sniffer is MOST likely used to do which of the following?

A. Prevent network based attacksB. Capture and analyze network trafficC. Route IP packets to remote destinationsD. Record the switch ARP table

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

Page 134: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 458Which of the following cable types will allow a user to be able to connect to the network?

A. RolloverB. Straight-throughC. SCSID. Loopback

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 459An administrator is replacing an existing WAP because the customer is reporting that the connection speedsare too slow. Which of the following should be installed?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 460Which of the following wireless standards operates on the same frequency as 802.11a?

A. Compatible with 802.11b wireless networksB. Compatible with 802.11g wireless networksC. Compatible with 802.11i wireless networksD. Compatible with 802.11n wireless networks

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 461Which of the following cables is MOST likely to be terminated into a patch panel?

A. SerialB. RG-6C. RG-59D. CAT6

Correct Answer: D

Page 135: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 462Which of the following MUST be used when securing a VoIP network consisting of private IP addresses?

A. IPSB. Application layer firewallC. IDSD. An unmanaged switch

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 463A VoIP line will MOST likely have which of the following connectors?

A. RJ-11B. DB-25C. BNCD. RJ-45

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 464A proxy server would MOST likely be installed to provide which of the following functions? (Select TWO).

A. Combined DNS and DHCP hostingB. Load balancingC. Content filteringD. Fault toleranceE. Website caching

Correct Answer: CESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 465Which of the following would the telecommunications carrier use to segregate customer traffic over long fiberlinks?

Page 136: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. VLANB. MPLSC. VPND. PSTN

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 466Which of the following network topologies, when a single machines cable breaks, would only affect one networkdevice and not the rest of the network?

A. BusB. Peer-to-peerC. RingD. Star

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 467Which of the following is a Class A IP address?

A. 71.125.8.125B. 169.254.0.1C. 172.16.1.168D. 192.168.1.1

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 468A clients computer is unable to access any network resources. Which of the following utilities can a technicianuse to determine the IP address of the clients machine?

A. ipconfigB. routeC. digD. tracert

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 137: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 469A company has installed a VPN concentrator at the main company headquarters and needs employees thattravel to access the company network. Which of the following solutions will allow the employees to access theVPN without installing client software?

A. KerberosB. SSL VPNC. Site-to-site VPND. WPA enterprise

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 470Which of the following cable types would have the LEAST amount of EMI?

A. CAT3B. CAT5C. STP CAT6D. Plenum CAT6

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Topic 6, Volume F

QUESTION 471After adding a new cable segment to the network, the technician should:

A. Update the disaster recovery plan.B. Document the changes in the business continuity plan.C. Update the wiring schematics.D. Create a new baseline document.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 472Which of the following devices can be used to breakup a broadcast domain?

A. Unmanaged switch

Page 138: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. RouterC. DHCP serverD. Bridge

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 473Which of the following is a secure way to transfer files from one device to another?

A. SFTPB. SNMPv3C. TFTPD. FTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 474An administrator has a networking closet on the first floor of a building with all of the network andcommunication equipment. However, the telephony provider installed the communications line in the basement.Which of the following needs to be extended to connect the line to the networking closet?

A. Smart jackB. Demarcation pointC. Patch panelD. Router

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 475Which of the following methods is used to provide access to a VPN?

A. IGPB. PPTPC. PPPD. RAS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 139: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 476Two clients are directly connected via RJ-45 and CAT5e cables and communicating with IP. The first clientsends data out of its RJ-45 on pins 1 and 2. On which of the following pins will the client expect to receive aresponse?

A. 1 and 2B. 2 and 3C. 3 and 6D. 5 and 6

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:The straight through RJ45 cable is commonly used to connect network cards with hubs on 10Base-T and100Base-Tx networks. On network cards, pair 1-2 is the transmitter, and pair 3-6 is the receiver.

QUESTION 477Which of the following network access security methods involves the analysis of a physical hardwareaddresses?

A. IP filteringB. L2TPC. MAC filteringD. RAS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 478Which of the following is a direct advantage of having wireless standards?

A. Increased use of wireless spectrumB. Greater device securityC. Interoperability between devicesD. Increased number of protocols can be used

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 479Which of the following is a best practice when implementing a basic wireless network?

A. Disabling ESSID broadcast

Page 140: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Configuring encryption with a WEP key and labeling the key on the WAPC. Adding two access points per area of serviceD. Not configuring the ESSID point

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 480Which of the following wiring standards would MOST likely be used to connect a single network node to aswitch?

A. LoopbackB. StraightC. RolloverD. Crossover

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 481Which of the following is the maximum distance that CAT5 cable can run before experiencing db loss?

A. 100 feet (30.5meters)B. 207 feet (63.1 meters)C. 328 feet (100 meters)D. 358 feet (109.12meters)

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 482A media converter is also known as a:

A. transceiver.B. hub.C. modem.D. repeater.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 141: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 483An administrator installs a device that can detect and throttle peer-to-peer traffic. Which of the following devicetypes is being installed?

A. Bandwidth shaperB. Intrusion detectionC. Proxy serverD. Load balancer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 484A technician arrives at a site and is troubleshooting an unfamiliar network. Which of the following steps shouldbe done FIRST to diagnose the problem?

A. Escalate the problem to administrative technician.B. Compare wiring schematics to industry standards.C. Identify symptoms and draw a network diagram.D. Use a port analyzer to determine network topology.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 485Which of the following commands can be used to find the MAC address of a connecting router?

A. arpB. tracerouteC. pingD. ping sweep

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 486Which of the following describes an email that is sent to users with web links that direct them to maliciouswebsites?

A. VirusesB. Phishing

Page 142: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Rogue access pointsD. Man-in-the-middle

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 487Which of the following tools would an administrator MOST likely use to determine the RJ-45 jack in a cubiclecorresponds to a given RJ-45 jack in a patch panel?

A. Punch-down toolB. Spectrum analyzerC. Toner probeD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 488Which of the following network types is suitable for a 10 gigabyte core network using 10 meter (33 feet) fiberruns?

A. 100Base-FXB. 10GBase-SRC. 10GBase-ERD. 10GBase-SW

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 489An administrator is troubleshooting network connectivity and would like to view the path that packets are takingfrom workstation A to server 1. Which of the following command line tools is MOST appropriate to use?

A. nslookupB. routeC. tracerouteD. ping

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 143: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 490Which of the following is the MOST appropriate policy for updating physical network diagrams?

A. Update whenever a connection is changed.B. Update after new personnel are hired.C. Update before regularly scheduled network audits.D. Update after weekly network support team review.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 491After accepting a request packet on port 80, the firewall automatically allows the reply packet to pass. Which ofthe following terms BEST describes this firewall behavior?

A. Stateful inspectionB. Intrusion detectionC. Content filteringD. Passive fingerprinting

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 492Which of the following connectivity issues is the MOST likely to result from bundling network cables tightlytogether?

A. CollisionB. AttenuationC. CrosstalkD. Open circuit

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 493Which of the following ports does IPSec use, by default?

A. 53B. 500

Page 144: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. 3389D. 8080

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 494Which of the following can be used to find the location of a cable short?

A. MultimeterB. CSU/DSUC. Protocol analyzerD. TDR

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:A time-domain reflectometer (TDR) is an electronic instrument used to characterize and locate faults in metalliccables (for example, twisted wire pairs, coaxial cables).

QUESTION 495Which of the following authentication mechanisms on a wireless network uses a separate networkauthentication server?

A. KerberosB. TKIPC. RADIUSD. WEP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 496Which of the following physical connections allows for the BEST performance when connecting to a VPN serverfor a remote user?

A. BasebandB. BroadbandC. SatelliteD. POTS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 145: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 497A company needs to perform stateful packet filtering on the core network. Which of the following networkdevices would BEST be suited to match this equipment?

A. FirewallB. ProxyC. Router ACLsD. DHCP server

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 498Which of the following are more secure file transfer alternatives to using FTP? (Select TWO).

A. SFTPB. HTTPC. SNTPD. RCPE. SCP

Correct Answer: AESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 499Two network switches need to be cabled together via copper cabling. These switches do not support MDI-X.Which of the following cabling will need to be used?

A. StraightB. RolloverC. CrossoverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 500A technician wishes to implement network authentication at the switch port level. Which of the followingstandards is designed to accomplish this?

Page 146: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. 802.1adB. TKIPC. WPA2D. 802.1x

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 501Which of the following is a commonly used protocol for VoIP network communication?

A. SNMPB. SSHC. DNSD. RTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 502Which of the following protocols uses port 143 by default?

A. NTPB. SNMPC. SSHD. IMAP4

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 503A user calls network support and reports that email is not working. Which of the following should the techniciando FIRST?

A. Ask the user what operation was performed, what the expected result was, and what the actual result was.B. Scan a list of open ports on the mail hub to scan for excessive traffic and escalate to network administrator

if needed.C. Attempt to send a test email message to a known account at a remote facility and scan logs to see if it is

sent.D. Determine which mail hub the user was connected to and perform a graceful restart.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)

Page 147: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 504Which of the following can be used to set options such as TFTP server addresses, DNS search lists, andbroadcast addresses on network clients and workstations?

A. Network bridgeB. Layer 2 switchC. DHCP serverD. Smart jack

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 505Which of the following exchanges routing information between two autonomous systems?

A. EGPB. OSPFC. IGPD. EIGRP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 506Which of the following is the GREATEST concern when using an orbital satellite WAN link?

A. CollisionsB. LatencyC. DuplexD. Cable length

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 507An administrator needs to connect a fiber cable to a PC that only has a RJ-45 jack. Which of the following couldbe used to accomplish this connection?

A. Smart jack

Page 148: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Optical mediaC. Token ringD. Media converter

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 508VLANs occur at which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. 1B. 2C. 3D. 4

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 509Which of the following is the metric used for OSPF?

A. LatencyB. CostC. BandwidthD. Next hop

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 510A computer is unable to access the corporate web server, which has an IP address of 172.30.0.100 and MACaddress of 00-15-5d-22-43-8f. A command is run on the computer. Based on the output below, which of thefollowing is the MOST likely cause of this problem?

Internet AddressPhysical AddressType

172.30.0.500-30-48-82-72-8cdynamic

172.30.0.10000-15-5d-22-44-8ddynamic

172.30.0.10100-15-5d-72-7a-bedynamic

A. Reverse ARP failureB. IP address conflict

Page 149: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. MAC spoofingD. Static ARP entries

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 511Two networks in different offices have been using DHCP set up for 192.168.0.0/24. After consolidating theofficer's networks, they have run out of IP addresses. Which of the following is the MOST cost-effectivesolution?

A. Request another class C IP scope from the ISP.B. Switch to static IP addressing.C. Change the subnet mask to 255.255.254.0.D. Add a router to connect both networks.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 512An administrator suspects that packets to an IP address are being dropped over the internet. Which of thefollowing tools would be the BEST to determine the hop that is dropping the packets?

A. pingB. nslookupC. tracerouteD. netstat

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 513A workstation on the network can ping hosts on the network but it cannot ping any addresses on the internet.Other hosts on the same network can connect to the internet. Which of the following should the techniciancheck?

A. The DNS server entriesB. The network cardC. The default gatewayD. The hosts file

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)

Page 150: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 514Which of the following commands would MOST likely be used to list the status of all established TCPconnections on port 80?

A. netstat -atB. netstat -aupnC. netstat -rD. netstat -vE. netstat -p tcp

Correct Answer: ESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 515An administrator would like to evaluate network traffic. Which of the following tools should the administratoruse?

A. OTDRB. Protocol analyzerC. CertifierD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 516Which of the following ports would be commonly used for FTP traffic?

A. 20B. 22C. 23D. 25

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 517Which of the following device can connect multiple workstations, support VLANs, and function as a router?

Page 151: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. RepeaterB. SwitchC. HubD. Multilayer switch

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 518Which of the following classes is the address 208.177.23.1?

A. Class AB. Class BC. Class CD. Class D

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 519Which of the following specifications of 802.11 can operate simultaneously at 2.4GHz and 5GHz?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 520Which of the following protocols could be used in a peer-to-peer topology?

A. NetBIOSB. IGMPC. RADIUSD. TACACS+

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 152: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 521A private AS number is useful in which of the following situations?

A. Internet multihoming with multiple carriersB. Isolated network at a single siteC. Enterprise network without redundant linksD. Internet multihoming with all ISPs in same BGP area

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 522A network with twenty clients needs to view a video file. Which of the following should be configured on theclient's computers to reduce network traffic?

A. Class C addressesB. Class A addressesC. BroadcastD. Multicast

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 523A new LAN switch is installed with on fiber ports. Which of the following would a technician need on the newswitch to allow compatibility to the existing fiber network?

A. RouterB. RepeaterC. Media converterD. Hub

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 524Mobile users are connecting from sites that have strong security policies and filter most traffic except HTTPS.Which of the following would be the BEST solution to allow them access to the corporate network?

A. Dial-in accessB. RDP access

Page 153: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. IPSec VPND. SSL VPN

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 525Which of the following protocols are commonly used for VoIP? (Select TWO).

A. NPPB. SIPC. HSRPD. RTPE. NNTP

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 526Which of the following describes how original network diagrams contained in the documentation should bemaintained?

A. Used only to satisfy a network upgrade checklist requirementB. Used as a point-in-time reference but never relied uponC. Regular audits to ensure that diagrams remain accurateD. Considered to be the only source-of-truth of the network state

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 527Which of the following are usually needed during manual configuration of a client on an 802.11g networksegment using DHCP and WEP? (Select TWO)

A. IP addressB. Name serversC. SSIDD. Subnet maskE. Shared key

Correct Answer: CESection: (none)Explanation

Page 154: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 528To ensure that VoIP phones are provided with power without using independent power supplies, switches onthe network must have which of the following features?

A. PoEB. VLAN taggingC. PPPoED. Spanning tree

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 529A user contacts a technician and states, "The network is down." After further investigation the user is unable toget to a file share on the LAN. Which of the following is the NEXT step the technician should take to helpdetermine the root cause of the problem?

A. Have the user ping the default gateway.B. Unplug and then plug the network cable back in.C. Reboot the core router.D. Have the user run netstat.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 530An end user is able to connect to a wireless network and is able to browse the internet, yet is unable to accessnetwork servers. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The end user is connected to the incorrect wireless network.B. The device is configured with an incorrect subnet mask.C. There is a problem with the DNS server.D. The network card is malfunctioning.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 531The primary goal of implementing network QoS features is

Page 155: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Provide predictable network performance.B. Increase network throughput.C. Prevent undesirable network traffic from entering the network.D. Provide fault tolerance to the network design.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 532A LAN support team is installing new cables when all networked applications slow and then stop working.Switches in the server room show all connected ports at 100% activity. Which of the following has MOST likelyoccurred?

A. Cable run has a short.B. New switch port is in wrong VLAN.C. Switching loop.D. Cable run has a break.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 533After receiving network problem reports from users, the technician notices that the router is rebooting itselfseveral times a day. Which of the following would the technician do NEXT to further diagnose this problem?

A. Test the router's connection with a throughput tester.B. Replace the router's memory and CPU.C. Install redundant network connections to the router.D. Review the router's event logs.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 534Which of the following protocols has similar functionality to Telnet but operates more securely than Telnet?

A. TFTPB. SSHC. SNATD. RSH

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)

Page 156: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 535A technician would use a logical network diagram to determine the number of:

A. Cables in the network.B. Broadcast domains on the network.C. Switches on the network.D. Users on the network.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 536Which of the following methods is used in creating an ACL?

A. IP filteringB. PPPsC. Content filteringD. VPNs

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 537A reserved set of IP addresses in a DHCP scope is commonly assigned to which of the following networkdevices? (Select TWO).

A. ServerB. WorkstationC. PrinterD. HubE. Laptop

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 538Which of the following technologies can prevent a department's network broadcast from propagating to anotherdepartment's network if they are located on the same switch?

Page 157: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. A hubB. A firewallC. A trunkD. A VLAN

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 539Where does the responsibility for maintenance and support shift from the telecommunication company to thecustomer?

A. Central officeB. Where the telecommunication lines enter the buildingC. Smart jackD. Demarc

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 540An administrator wants to connect users at three branch offices to the main office through the internet. Whichof the following devices should the administrator install at the main office to BEST accomplish this goal?

A. IPS sensorB. Proxy serverC. Layer 2 switchD. VPN concentrator

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 541Which of the following protocols is the MOST secure for transferring network device configurations?

A. TFTPB. FTPC. SCPD. RCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 158: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 542A network has four switches; each switch has a physical link to all other switches. Which of the followingtopologies is being used?

A. RingB. Point-to-multipointC. StarD. Mesh

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 543Which of the following commands is MOST appropriate to determine whether a network interface is up ordown?

A. SNORTB. ISAKMPDC. ARPD. IFCONFIG

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 544Which of the following WAN technologies requires fiber optics?

A. POTSB. SONETC. ADSLD. PSTN

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 545Internet-working devices operate at OSI layer:

A. 2

Page 159: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. 3C. 4D. 5

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 546A small company needs to temporarily extend its call center by ten employees. The company decides to rentoffice space on the opposite side of the building; the two spaces are 400 feet (122 meters) apart. Which of thefollowing is the MOST cost effective solution?

A. Install a new T1 line for that office.B. Use a wireless repeater and a WAP.C. Connect the two offices with fiber.D. Install gigabit switches and run Ethernet.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 547An administrator is provisioning a 10GBaseSR Ethernet connection between two core switches. Which of thefollowing cable types should the administrator plan to use?

A. Multimode fiberB. RG-6 copperC. Single-mode fiberD. CAT6 copper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 548Which of the following network protocols is used for sending outbound email from a host?

A. SMTPB. POPC. RTPD. IMAP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 160: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:Post Office Protocol version 3 (POP3) is a standard mail protocol used to receive emails from a remote serverto a local email client. POP3 allows you to download email messages on your local computer and read themeven when you are offline.The Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) is a mail protocol used for accessing email on a remote webserver from a local client. IMAP and POP3 are the two most commonly used Internet mail protocols forretrieving emails. Both protocols are supported by all modern email clients and web servers.Main difference between IMAP and POP3:The POP3 protocol assumes that there is only one client connected to the mailbox. In contrast, the IMAPprotocol allows simultaneous access by multiple clients. IMAP is suitable for you if your mailbox is about to bemanaged by multiple users.Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard protocol for sending emails across the Internet. SMTPuses TCP port 25.

QUESTION 549Which of the following is a correct Ethernet MAC address?

A. 12:7H:45:89:9F:65B. 16-15-4D-31-59-5JC. 11:34:7A:88:0C:DBD. 12-88-FF-9X-58-9E

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 550Which of the following would a technician set up for a building to building within a campus?

A. ESDB. MDFC. IDFD. EMI

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 551Which of the following allows an administrator to view malicious activity after it has taken place?

A. IDSB. IPSC. Port scannerD. Packet sniffer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 161: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 552A technician is running new CAT5 cables; which tool should be used to terminate the cables at the patch panel?

A. Cable crimperB. Punch down toolC. Toner probeD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 553Which of the following is an acceptable method for deciding placement of wireless access points?

A. Where there are electrical service and network connections availableB. Every 300 feet (91 meters)C. In the middle of each roomD. A site survey

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 554Which of the following command line tools can be used to display listening sockets and establishedconnections on the local computer?

A. nslookupB. nbtstatC. netstatD. ipconfig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 555Which of the following tools is used to connect analog telephony wire pairs to a block, such as a 110 or 66block?

A. Butt set

Page 162: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Protocol analyzerC. Toner probeD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 556An application layer firewall is MOST beneficial when used with which of the following protocols?

A. VoIPB. GREC. HTTPD. SNMP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 557Which of the following cable types have a maximum recommended cable length of 100 meters (328 feet)?

A. CoaxialB. EthernetC. SerialD. Fiber

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 558A network administrator would MOST likely use a port scanner to do which of the following?

A. Capture incoming network packets to port 80 on a workstation.B. Trace a physical network port through a building.C. Remotely test a firewall configuration on a server.D. Report the link speed and duplex of all ports on a switch.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 163: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 559An administrator needs to learn which buildings have multimode or singlemode fiber. Which of the followingconfiguration management documentation would be the BEST choice to use?

A. Physical network diagramB. Baseline configurationsC. Security policyD. CAT5 wiring schematics

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 560Which of the following standards provides port authentication?

A. 802.1xB. 802.11C. 802.1qD. 802.2

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 561Which of the following would be sent to an SNMP network management system in the event that a failure orpredefined threshold was crossed?

A. SNMP trapB. History logC. System logD. SNMP agent

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 562A user is reporting issues connecting to the corporate web server. When analyzing the output from a packetsniffer an administrator sees:

Client-> Server SYN

Server ->Client ACK

Page 164: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Client-> Server RST

Which of the following is the user experiencing?

A. The client is prematurely closing the connection.B. The server is failing to properly respond.C. The 3-way handshake is complete but the browser is unresponsive.D. The server is prematurely closing the connection.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 563Which of the following connectors can be used for serial connections?

A. SCB. RS-232C. BNCD. ST

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Recommended Standard 232 (RS232) was a cable standard commonly used for serial data signals connectingdataterminal equipment and datacommunications equipment, as when you connect a computer's serial port toan external modem.

QUESTION 564A client attempts to connect to a network resource and is given an error message about their access beingrestricted. Which of the following BEST describes the reason for denial?

A. The user's account failed to authenticate with correct permissions.B. The user's account is disabled.C. The network resource is unavailable.D. The user is not connected to the network.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 565Which of the following routing algorithms would provide the fastest convergence time?

A. A distance-vector algorithmB. A static algorithmC. A link-state algorithm

Page 165: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. A path-vector algorithm

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 566Where would a technician MOST likely place the company MX and A records?

A. Proxy serverB. Load balancerC. DNS serverD. Firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 567Which of the following BEST explains the function of OSI layer 4?

A. Connecting hosts on the same segmentB. Specifying signal timing and amplitudeC. Reliable delivery of packetsD. Routing packets across segments

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 568Which of the following tools can be used to determine the MAC address of a machine on the local subnet?

A. pingB. arpC. hostD. dig

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 569The task of replacing hubs with switches reduces retransmissions by increasing which of the following?

Page 166: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Frequency domainsB. Broadcast domainsC. Domain kitingD. Collision domains

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 570Which of the following WAN technologies allows for the fastest connection?

A. ADSLB. SONETC. T1D. OC-12

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Topic 7, Volume G

QUESTION 571A company recently installed a new VoIP phone system that runs over their existing T3 Internet connection.Which of the following network technologies would BEST handle voice traffic prioritization above all other data?

A. QoSB. IPSecC. PoED. Load balancing

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 572Which of the following mitigation techniques is MOST effective against a man-in-the-middle attack?

A. AuthenticationB. EncryptionC. Popup blockerD. ACL

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 167: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 573Which of the following WAN technology types does not use an Ethernet cable as a medium for communicationand is used for long distances?

A. DSLB. WiMAXC. E3/T3D. ATM

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 574Which of the following Internet technologies would provide the GREATEST bandwidth?

A. T1B. CableC. OC3D. T3

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 575An administrator has configured two hosts as follows:

HOST A

IP 192.168.3.100

NETMASK 255.255.254.0

GATEWAY 192.168.2.1

HOSTB

IP 192.168.1.200NETMASK 255.255.254.0

GATEWAY 192.168.2.1

Which of the following MUST be changed in order to allow HOST A to talk to HOST B?

A. HOST B netmask to 255.255.252.0B. HOST A netmask to 255.255.255.0

Page 168: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. HOST A IP address to192.168.2.100D. HOST B IP address to192.168.2.200

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 576When installing a new secure wireless network the administrator should turn on:

A. WEP and turn on SSID broadcast.B. WPA and turn on SSID broadcast.C. WPA and turn off SSID broadcast.D. WEP and turn off SSID broadcast.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 577An administrator is at a client's site to figure out an intermittent network problem. Which of the following is theFIRST step in the troubleshooting methodology that should be performed?

A. Implement and test the solution.B. Create an action plan and solution identifying potential effects.C. Identify the affected areas of the network.D. Gather information.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 578All nodes on a subnet are experiencing network slowness. The administrator suspects an infected computer ison the network and checks if a node is saturating the network. Which of the following tools should be utilized inthis situation?

A. MultimeterB. Port scannerC. Protocol analyzerD. IGMP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 169: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 579A mobile user reports that after receiving a new patch cable for their laptop, the laptop is unable to connect tothe network. An administrator verifies that the port is configured correctly and the LAN drop is active. Which ofthe following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Crosstalk on the cableB. Duplex mismatchC. Speed mismatchD. Open pairs are present

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 580Which of the following devices does not limit network broadcast traffic and does not increase performance?

A. RouterB. BrouterC. HubD. Switch

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 581Multiple users are reporting network issues. Before taking any course of action, which of the following is theFIRST step a technician should take?

A. Create a plan of action and a final solution for the issues.B. Gather information about the problems/symptoms.C. Establish the probable cause behind the network issues.D. Document the solution and update all logical/physical network diagrams.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 582Which of the following network devices would MOST likely be installed to allow a fiber optic cable to be pluggedinto a network device with only RJ-45 connections?

A. WAP

Page 170: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Basic switchC. HubD. Media convertor

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 583A particular route's destination address is referred to as the:

A. RIP peer.B. shot vector.C. link state.D. next hop.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 584The helpdesk has been informed that the company's ISP is experiencing network outages. Which of thefollowing commands can an administrator run to quickly locate and determine the TTL of the further reachablenode?

A. routeB. pingC. tracerouteD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 585Which of the following uses a certificate for a tunneling connection?

A. RDPB. PPTPC. VNCD. SSL VPN

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 171: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 586Multiple users are reporting no connectivity after a recent power outage. An administrator needs a cable to plugtheir laptop into the router in order to be able to console into it. Which of the following would the administratorneed to make this connection?

A. CrossoverB. LoopbackC. RolloverD. 568B

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:Although rollover cable isn't used for hooking Ethernet connections together, you can use it to connect a host toa router console serial communication (com) port.

QUESTION 587Which of the following activities will not be possible if the gateway IP address is set incorrectly on a client'smachines?

A. Printing over a local networkB. Sniffing the network trafficC. Pinging a remote computerD. Sharing local network files

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 588Which of the following replaces the destination IP address of a packet?

A. NATB. DNSC. SNATD. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 589Which of the following is the BEST tool to use when terminating a network jack?

A. Snips

Page 172: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Cable stripperC. Toner probeD. Punch down

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 590An administrator would like to monitor the network to evaluate which employees are using an excessive amountof bandwidth on peer to peer sharing services. Which of the following monitoring techniques would BEST beused?

A. Stateful packet inspectionB. Load balancingC. Packet sniffingD. Throughput testing

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 591A solution provided less than ideal results, and the technician is forced to go back and devise a new solution.Which of the following would be done NEXT, assuming probable cause is established and escalation is notnecessary?

A. Determine if anything has changed.B. Gather information about the problem.C. Document the solution and steps taken during the process.D. Create an action plan and accompanying solution.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 592Users utilizing wireless laptops in an outdoor storage yard are experiencing new connectivity issues. Which ofthe following is MOST likely causing the new issues?

A. Antenna placementB. Environment factorsC. Antenna distanceD. Signal bounce

Correct Answer: B

Page 173: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 593How many potential MAC address schemes are possible?

A. 232B. 246C. 248D. 264

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:The original IEEE 802 MAC address comes from the original Xerox Ethernet addressing scheme. This 48-bitaddress space contains potentially 248 or 281,474,976,710,656 possible MAC addresses.

QUESTION 594Which of the following would MOST likely contain information about unlabeled datacenter connections?

A. Procedures manualB. Emergency call listC. Logical network diagramD. Wiring schematic

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 595A technician needs to install phones that will only require one cable for both data and power to be supplied.Which of the following features MUST the switch support?

A. Port mirroringB. VLANC. Spanning treeD. PoE

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 596Which of the following connection methods is considered secure?

Page 174: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. HTTPB. RCPC. HTTPSD. TELNET

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 597In which of the following networking types can a computer be a client to other computers and act as a server aswell?

A. BusB. RingC. VPND. Peer to peer

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 598An administrator has determined that auto-negotiation has failed on a connection. Which of the following arethe MOST important settings that should be matched on each side of the connection?

A. IP address, OSPF area, route propagationB. Port enable, port mirroring, link aggregationC. Port speed, port duplex, flow controlD. VLAN assignment, port authentication, flow control

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 599A technician needs to segment a network to provide additional security for the HR department shares. Which ofthe following features would need to be configured to provide this?

A. VLANB. Port mirroringC. Spanning treeD. PoE

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)

Page 175: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 600A technician has deployed multiple temperature monitoring devices with IP addresses in the 10.137.24.0/25network. Such devices must receive an ICMP keep-alive packet from the server every five minutes. Which ofthe following destination IP addresses must the technician configure on the server to send keep-alive packetsto all the devices?

A. 10.137.24.0B. 10.137.24.1C. 10.137.24.127D. 10.137.24.128

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 601Which of the following OSI layers does a Layer 3 switch operate at? (Select TWO).

A. PresentationB. SessionC. TransportD. Data linkE. Network

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 602An administrator wants to monitor live traffic on a switch to determine if a malicious source is broadcasting ARPtraffic. Which of the following utilities would BEST accomplish this?

A. Switchport mapperB. Packet injectorC. Network mapperD. Packet sniffer

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 603

Page 176: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following requires the pin-outs to be the same on both ends of a cable?

A. StraightB. CrossoverC. RolloverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 604Which of the following tools is designed to send a signal through one end of a cable, so that it can be found atthe other end of the cable?

A. MultimeterB. Toner probeC. Cable testerD. Voltage event recorder

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 605An administrator needs to check the number of active connections on their computer. Which of the followingshould be administrator use?

A. digB. pingC. ipconfigD. netstat

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 606Which of the following is used by a company's ISP to troubleshoot network issues?

A. DemarcB. 66 BlockC. Smart JackD. 110 Block

Correct Answer: C

Page 177: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 607IGP differs from EGP because IGP is designed for use in which of the following?

A. Communication between WANsB. Communication between networksC. Single autonomous networkD. Single non-autonomous network

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 608Which of the following subnet masks identifies 192.168.7.1 and 192.168.8.1 as being on the same subnet?

A. 255.255.240.0B. 255.255.255.128C. 255.255.255.0D. 255.255.255.240

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 609Malicious traffic has been detected terminating at HOST A on TCP port 4444. Which of the followingcommands can be run on HOST A to determine the process attached to TCP port 4444?

A. ipconfig /allB. ifconfig -aC. netstat -navD. netstat nap

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 610Which of the following network cable types is LEAST susceptible to EMI?

A. Plenum STP CAT5

Page 178: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. UTP CAT5C. UTP CAT3D. Coaxial

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 611A user has reported slow network response in a large training room; the class requires many students toaccess the same website each day. Which of the following would BEST remedy this problem?

A. Caching engineB. Jitter correctionC. FirewallD. Fault tolerance

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 612Which of the following pairs should be crossed to create a crossover cable?

A. 1,2 and 3,4B. 1,2 and 3,6C. 5,6 and 7,8D. 4,5 and 6,7

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 613An administrator has replaced a faulty 1000BaseT NIC on the server switch with a new 1000BaseFX. Which ofthe following should the ?

A. Reboot the switch to enable the new connectionB. Update the logical network diagramC. Update the switch configuration logsD. Update the wiring schematics

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 179: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 614A technician moves a VoIP phone to a new location, but discovers the phone does not start up when pluggedinto the network. Which of the following explains this situation?

A. The switch does not support PoE.B. The jack needs to be rewired using the 568B standard.C. QoS is not enabled on the switch.D. The phone needs a fiber port.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 615A port scanner is used by network administrator for which of the following?

A. To find routers with weak passwordsB. To determine open ports on network hostsC. To secure switches and routersD. To make a physical network diagram

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 616Which of the following can be used to help verify that a remote web server is not blocked by a firewall?

A. Packet injectorB. Toner probeC. Protocol analyzerD. Port scanner

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 617SONET is normally associated with which of the following?

A. Point to pointB. Point to multipointC. Ring

Page 180: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Bus

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 618An administrator wants to provide redundant paths to network resources in case a link fails. Which of thefollowing switch features would the administrator need to use to accomplish this task?

A. PoEB. VLANC. TrunkingD. Spanning tree

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 619TCP occurs at which layer of the OSI model?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 2C. Layer 3D. Layer 4

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 620Which of the following would an administrator MOST likely require in order to connect a client to a WPAencrypted network?

A. Pre-shared keyB. Gateway addressC. PIND. DSA public keyE. SSID

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 181: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 621Which of the following technologies is the MOST cost-effective when protecting a large number of networkedworkstations from external attacks?

A. Host-based IDSB. External scanning serviceC. Network-based firewallD. Network-based IPS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 622Which of the following transport protocols should be used to avoid retransmitting lost packets?

A. UDPB. TCPC. ARPD. IGMP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 623A firewall is set to block inbound connections on port 25. Which of the following protocols would enable theadministrator to retrieve email without reconfiguring the firewall?

A. SNMPB. SMTPC. POP3D. FTP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 624The 802.11n protocol operates at which of the following layers of the OSI model? (Select TWO).

A. Layer 1B. Layer 2C. Layer 3

Page 182: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Layer 4E. Layer 5

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 625When installing an access point, which of the following encryption schemes should be implemented to BESTsecure the network?

A. WPAB. WEPC. WPA with PSKD. WPA2 with PSK

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 626Which of the following networking protocols is used to give the remote computer secure command line accessto the server?

A. SSHB. TelnetC. ICMPD. RTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 627Which of the following defines the required distance between each LAN drop that will be installed within abuilding?

A. Acceptance use policyB. Wiring schematicsC. Logical network diagramsD. Company regulations

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 183: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 628Plenum cable should be used to:

A. protect against ESD.B. increase reliability.C. decrease cost.D. comply with fire codes.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 629Which of the following describes what happens when a technician pings the broadcast address?

A. All clients on the subnet respondB. The broadcast server respondsC. An ICMP loop floods the networkD. All clients in the multicast group respond

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 630Which of the following describes a routing table that needs to be maintained manually?

A. Hop count basedB. Link-stateC. StaticD. Dynamic

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 631Which of the following protocols resolves MAC addresses from IP addresses?

A. RTPB. DHCPC. DNSD. ARP

Page 184: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 632Which of the following is strictly used to convert analog to digital signals?

A. NICB. ModemC. RepeaterD. Hub

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 633In a new wireless network installation, the administrator has successfully installed and tested the equipment.The NEXT step after turning wireless access on would be to:

A. Document the physical layout.B. Configure the DHCP server.C. Configure wireless adapters.D. Perform a war drive to test for vulnerabilities.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 634The MAIN difference between an IDS and an IPS is the:

A. IPS blocks malicious activity while the IDS only alerts about malicious activity.B. IDS blocks malicious activity while the IPS only alerts about malicious activity.C. IDS uses a deterministic engine while the IPS uses probabilistic engine.D. IDS is an inline system while the IPS is placed on a span port and has no IP address.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 635An administrator would like to determine which wire pair on a 100 block connects a jack in the next room.

Page 185: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following utilities would MOST likely be used to determine this?

A. Port scannerB. Toner probeC. MultimeterD. Protocol analyzer

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 636Which of the following commands would test the loopback adapter of an internal NIC?

A. ping 127.127.0.0B. ping 127.127.1.0C. ping 127.0.0.1D. ping 127.1.1.1

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 637An administrator is attempting to verify if a newly installed workstation is connected to the network. Which of thefollowing commands can be used to verify basic connectivity?

A. digB. hostnameC. routeD. ping

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 638Which of the following logical network topologies would a technician MOST likely find in a person's home?

A. WANB. Client/serverC. P2PD. Domain

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)

Page 186: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 639Which of the following is a secure method for administering a network device?

A. SNMPv3B. TFTPC. FTPD. SIP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 640Given a typical 802.11 a/g/n wireless router, which of the following frequencies would the unit operate at, bydefault? (Select TWO).

A. 1.8GHzB. 2.1GHzC. 2.4GHzD. 5GHZE. 900MHz

Correct Answer: CDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 641Which of the following terms describes the process of routers accepting the same routing topology in their routetables?

A. ConsolidationB. ConvergenceC. ResemblanceD. Aggregation

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 187: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 642Multiple users on the same floor cannot access the network. Upon investigation, an administrator sees that theswitch has power and all of the active ports are blinking almost non-stop. Which of the following is MOST likelycausing this to occur?

A. Routing loopB. DHCP snoopingC. Speed/duplex mismatchD. Broadcast storm

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 643Which of the following features of a switch allows all VLANs to pass through the same port?

A. PoEB. TrunkingC. Port mirroringD. Spanning tree

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 644Which of the following tools allows an administrator to verify the network configuration of a system?

A. tracerouteB. routeC. pingD. ifconfig

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 188: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 645Which of the following WAN protocols uses fiber-optic media?

A. SONETB. POTSC. ISDND. Frame Relay

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 646Which of the following is an example of CIDR notation?

A. ::1B. 10.10.10.0/30C. 10.192.30.5:22D. 255.255.255.0

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 647A technician replaces a hub with a network switch. Multiple users notice that traffic congestion has lessenedsubstantially. Which of the following was MOST likely causing the network congestion?

A. CrosstalkB. Signal bleedC. CollisionsD. Attenuation

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 648A loopback plug is useful for which of the following?

A. ToningB. Punchdown blocksC. Throughput testingD. NIC diagnostics

Correct Answer: D

Page 189: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 649Which of the following LAN technologies has the GREATEST throughput speed?

A. 10BaseFXB. 10BaseFC. 10BaseTXD. 10BaseT

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 650When no specific route to a destination exists, a router will fallback to its

A. shortest path.B. default gateway.C. BGP peer.D. source host.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 190: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Exam B

QUESTION 1Sandy, the network administrator, has funding to do a major upgrade of the company's LAN. This upgrade iscurrently in the planning stage, and Sandy still needs to determine the network requirements, bottlenecks, andany future upgrades in mind. Which of the following is the FIRST step in the planning process?

A. Conduct a vulnerability scanB. Establish a network baselineC. Conduct traffic analysisD. Conduct a risk assessment

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2Sandy, a network administrator, wants to be able to block all already known malicious activity. Which of thefollowing would allow her to perform this activity?

A. Behavioral Based IDSB. Signature Based IDSC. Behavioral Based IPSD. Signature Based IPS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3Which of the following should Joe, a technician, do FIRST when setting up a SOHO network?

A. Set up an account with an Internet service provider.B. Create a list of requirements and constraints.C. Arrange a domain name with a suitable registrar.D. Choose the correct operating system version.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4Which of the following is an example of two-factor authentication?

A. A username and PINB. A username and password

Page 191: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. A username, password, finger print scan, and smart cardD. A username, password, and key fob number

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5Which of the following connector types would Sandy, a network technician, use to connect a serial cable?

A. RJ-11B. BNCC. LCD. DB-9

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 6Which of the following would Joe, a technician, configure to modify the time a device will hold an IP addressprovided through DHCP?

A. DNS suffixesB. LeasesC. Static IP addressingD. Reservations

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7Sandy, a technician, installs a new WAP and users are able to connect; however, users cannot access theInternet. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The signal strength has been degraded and latency is increasing hop count.B. An incorrect subnet mask has been entered in the WAP configuration.C. The signal strength has been degraded and packets are being lost.

Page 192: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Users have specified the wrong encryption type and routes are being rejected.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8Sandy, a technician, wants to limit access to a wireless network to company owned laptops, but does not wantto use an encryption method. Which of the following methods would be BEST to accomplish this?

A. MAC filteringB. SSL VPNC. PPPoED. WPA Enterprise

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9Which of the following network topologies, when a single machine's cable breaks, would only affect onenetwork device and not the rest of the network?

A. BusB. Peer-to-peerC. RingD. Star

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10Joe, a network technician, is tasked with installing a router and firewall to get an office working with Internetaccess. Which of the following features MUST be configured to allow sharing of a single public IP address?

A. QoSB. POP3C. PATD. SMTP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 193: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 11Which of the following is a form of encrypting packets for safe, secure data transmission within a network?

A. RASB. PPTPC. IPSecD. ICA

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12A company has only three laptops that connect to their wireless network. The company is currently using WEPencryption on their wireless network. They have noticed unauthorized connections on their WAP and want tosecure their wireless connection to prevent this. Which of the following security measures would BEST securetheir wireless network? (Select TWO).

A. Change the encryption method to WPAB. Limit the DHCP scope to only have three addresses totalC. Enable the SSID broadcastD. Enable and configure MAC filteringE. Change the broadcast channel to a less commonly used channel

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13Two duplicate pieces of equipment can be used in conjunction for which of the following purposes? (SelectTWO)

A. High availabilityB. Fault toleranceC. Reduce latencyD. Wi-MAXE. CARP

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14The location that the local network connection ends and the ISP responsibility begins is known as the:

Page 194: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Access point.B. Default gateway.C. IDF connection.D. Demarcation point.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15Joe, a user, is unable to reach websites, but is able to ping several Internet IPv4 addresses.Which of the following is the MOST likely problem?

A. Incorrect subnet maskB. Incorrect DNSC. Missing default gatewayD. Incorrect IPv6 address

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16Which of the following sizes is the fixed cell length in ATM?

A. 8 bytesB. 53 bytesC. 64 kilobytesD. 128 kilobytes

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17Which of the following network scanners detects and sends out alerts for malicious network activity?

A. Packet sniffersB. IDSC. Port scannersD. IPS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 195: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18Joe, a technician, is configuring ports on a switch. He turns off auto-negotiation and sets the port speed to 1000Mbps. A user's PC is no longer able to access the network. Which of the following is MOST likely the problem?

A. The user's NIC does not support 1GbpsB. The switch is not compatible with 1000Mbps.C. The user's NIC does not support 100Mbps.D. Joe needs to restart the DNS server.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19Which of the following TCP/IP and OSI model layers retransmits a TCP packet if it is not received successfullyat its destination?

A. The transport OSI model layer and the transport TCP/IP model layerB. The transport OSI model layer and the Internet TCP/IP model layerC. The network OSI model layer and the transport TCP/IP model layerD. The network OSI model layer and the Internet TCP/IP model layer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20Which of the following network appliances would facilitate an even amount of traffic hitting each web server?

A. Load balancerB. VPN concentratorC. Proxy serverD. Content filter

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21For which of the following reasons could a single server's NIC transmit packets from multiple MAC addresssources?

A. The server contains several virtual machines and the MAC addresses are from the virtual machines.

Page 196: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. The server is hosting a web server and the MAC addresses are from connected browsers.C. The server is hosting a proxy server and the MAC addresses are from the connected clients.D. The server NIC is starting to fail and should be replaced.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22Which of the following cable types would have the LEAST amount of EMI?

A. CAT3B. CAT5C. STPCAT6D. Plenum CAT6

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23Which of the following wireless standards operates on the same frequency as 802.11a?

A. Compatible with 802.11b wireless networksB. Compatible with 802.11g wireless networksC. Compatible with 802.11i wireless networksD. Compatible with 802.11n wireless networks

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24Which of the following can Joe, a network technician, change to help limit war driving?

A. Signal strengthB. SSIDC. FrequencyD. Channel

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 197: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 25Sandy, a technician, is asked to not allow FTP traffic on a network. Which of the following ports should beblocked on the firewall to achieve this?

A. 21B. 22C. 23D. 25

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26Which of the following uses eight groups of characters for addressing?

A. MACB. IPv4C. IPv6D. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27A packet sniffer is MOST likely used to do which of the following?

A. Prevent network based attacksB. Capture and analyze network trafficC. Route IP packets to remote destinationsD. Record the switch ARP table

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28Which of the following could Karen, a network technician, use to find the approximate location of a break in along network cable?

A. Protocol analyzerB. Time domain reflectometerC. Toner probeD. Multimeter

Page 198: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29Which of the following network access methods is the MOST secure?

A. PPPoEB. SIPC. RSHD. IPSec

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30Which of the following ports should be allowed through a firewall to allow DNS resolution to occur to an outsideDNS server?

A. 20B. 53C. 80D. 3389

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31Which of the following ports carries IMAP traffic, by default, on modern email systems?

A. 23B. 25C. 80D. 143

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32Karen, a network technician, wants to use a packet analyzer to troubleshoot a reported problem with a user's

Page 199: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

workstation with IP address 192.168.1.45. To identity the workstation's packets Karen wants to use theworkstation's MAC address. Which of the following protocols would provide the needed information?

A. DHCPB. ARPC. DNSD. PING

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33Joe, a customer, shares a building with several other tenants. He reports that an unencrypted wireless networkhas been getting slower while his Internet traffic has steadily been increasing. Which of the following should beconfigured to resolve this problem?

A. VLANB. MTUC. WPAD. SSID

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34Which of the following allows for multiple backend web servers to be accessed through a single public IPaddress?

A. Traffic shapingB. Caching enginesC. Port address translationD. Quality of service prioritization

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35Sandy, a technician, is asked to install a wireless router in a company's public cafe area. The company wantsthe public to be able to connect to the wireless network with minimal security, but not be able to connect to theprivate internal network. Which of the following firewall rules would BEST accomplish this?

A. Content filtering on the wireless access pointB. Allow traffic from the wireless access point

Page 200: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Block traffic from the wireless access pointD. Packet filtering on the wireless access point

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36Which of the following utilities would Karen, a technician, use to resolve the FQDN of a web server to its IPaddress?

A. netstatB. routeC. nslookupD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37Sandy, an administrator, has been tasked with running cables from one office to another neighboring office byrunning cables over the light fixtures in the ceiling that connects them. To prevent interference, which of thefollowing cable types should Sandy use?

A. CAT5eB. CAT6C. CoaxialD. Multimode fiber

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38Joe, the network technician, is configuring the channels being used within the WLAN, to ensure a minimalamount of interference. Which of the following channel setups would be used to avoid overlap?

A. 2, 6, 10B. 1, 6, 11C. 1, 7, 10D. 1, 2, 3

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 201: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39Karen, an administrator, wants to verify which protocols are in use on the network. Which of the following toolsshould she use?

A. Intrusion detection softwareB. PoEC. Packet snifferD. Intrusion prevention software

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40Joe, a network administrator, would like to ensure that the footprint of the company's wireless coverage islimited to the office borders, located on the premises. Which of the following features should he adjust on all ofthe company's WAPs to make this change?

A. SSID maskingB. PPPOEC. Transmission powerD. Encryption technology

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41Which of the following exterior routing protocols uses an algorithm to determine the quickest route to adestination?

A. RIPB. OSPFC. BGPD. RIPv2

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42After installing new cabling, Karen, a technician, notices that several computers are connecting to networkresources very slowly. Which of the following tools would BEST help in determining if the new cabling is the

Page 202: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

cause of the problem?

A. MultimeterB. Cable certifierC. Cable testerD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43Which of the following would be an IP address received from APIPA?

A. 10.0.0.100B. 172.168.0.100C. 169.254.0.100D. 192.168.0.100

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44Kurt, a technician, wants to prevent users from visiting social networking sites. Which of the following should beconfigured on the firewall to BEST achieve this?

A. PATB. Content filterC. Implicit denyD. NAT

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45The ISP needs to terminate the WAN connection. The connection should be located in the network server roomwhere the company LAN equipment resides. Which of the following identifies the location?

A. Smart jackB. MDFC. VPND. 66 block

Correct Answer: B

Page 203: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46Which of the following OSI model layers is used for logical addressing?

A. PhysicalB. TransportC. NetworkD. Data link

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47Sandy, the network technician, needs to run a cable through a power distribution room that contains a highvoltage transformer. Which of the following would be used to minimize EMI interference?

A. FTPB. STPC. UTPD. RTP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48Kurt, a network technician, is setting up a router and wants to ensure the fastest convergence of the routinginformation. Which of the following protocols would be BEST for him to use?

A. RIPB. VLSMC. OSPFD. STP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49Which of the following is the MOST economical way for Sandy, a technician, to implement 10- Gigabit Ethernetat a datacenter?

Page 204: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. 10GBaseLRB. 10GBaseSRC. 10GBaseXD. 10GBaseT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50T568B wiring scheme is typically found on which of the following components?

A. Demarc extensionB. 66 blockC. Patch panelD. Vertical cross connect

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51Which of the following can Joe, a technician, modify on an 802.11n router that is not available as an option on802.11 g device?

A. SSIDB. EncryptionC. ChannelsD. Spectrum

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52Karen, a technician, needs to test if domain name resolution is functioning properly. Which of the followingsoftware tools would she use to accomplish this? (Select TWO).

A. arpB. digC. routeD. nslookupE. netstat

Correct Answer: BD

Page 205: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53VoIP is being implemented throughout a company and Joe, the network technician, needs to ensure that dataand voice traffic do not interfere with each other. Which of the following features should be configured on alayer 3 switch to prioritize traffic for VoIP?

A. VLANB. VTPC. Port securityD. QoS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54Sandy, a technician, is fixing a wireless network that was receiving interference from a user's cordless phone.Which of the following should Sandy configure?

A. ChannelB. EncryptionC. SSIDD. DHCP scope

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55Joe, an end user, has plugged in both ends of the same network cable to two adjacent jacks. Both ports areconnected to the same switch in the IDF. Which of the following will MOST likely happen?

A. VLAN malfunctionB. Broadcast stormC. Quality of Service lossD. Duplicate IP addresses

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56

Page 206: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following security threats relies primarily on user deception and misinformation?

A. Rogue access pointsB. DoS attacksC. Man-in-the-middle attacksD. Phishing

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57Which of the following protocols would Kurt, a technician, use to synchronize local date and time of a clientworkstation to that of a server?

A. RTPB. NTPC. TFTPD. ARP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58A small office has asked to have six PCs networked together by Joe. a consultant. Ttie office users want filesharing capability with no access to the Internet. Which of the following items will Joe need? (Select TWO).

A. Network bridgeB. RG-59 patch cablingC. CAT5e patch cablingD. FirewallE. Switch

Correct Answer: CESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59Which of the following has a DB-9 connector?

A. SCB. RS-232C. LCD. RJ-45

Page 207: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60Which of the following services would Karen, a technician, use to create or update a client's DNS 'A' and 'PTR'records automatically?

A. KerberosB. BINDC. WINSD. DHCP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61Karen, an administrator, has created a patch cable. Which of the following tools should she use to check theintegrity of the cable?

A. Protocol analyzerB. Toner probeC. Cable certifierD. Cable stripper

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62Which of the following tools would Kurt, an administrator, use to identify opens and shorts?

A. OhmmeterB. Protocol analyzerC. Cable testerD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63Which of the following could Karen, a network technician, use to inspect connection setup, request, and

Page 208: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

response headers for users connecting to a web server?

A. nbtstat commandB. dig commandC. ipconfig commandD. Protocol analyzer

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64A new business' web server has seen a huge spike of legitimate traffic in the last week. The owners want toensure the site has no problems as the business continues to grow. For Karen, a network administrator, whichof the following is the MOST important concern for this company?

A. CachingB. Asset managementC. Traffic shapingD. High availability

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65Kurt, a customer, has been using a combination of SSID disable and WEP encryption for wireless security.Lately there have been many unauthorized devices on Kurt's wireless network. Which of the following shouldalso be implemented to prevent unauthorized devices from connecting? (Select TWO).

A. SSID should be changed daily and enabled.B. WEP should be replaced with WPA encryption.C. MAC filtering should be enabled and configured.D. A different WAP manufacturer should be used to prevent commonly used security cracking techniquesE. Omni-directional antennas should be used to limit signal strength

Correct Answer: BCSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66Joe, a technician, is setting up an IDS security device. Which of the following should be configured on theswitch to utilize the IDS?

A. PoEB. Port mirroring

Page 209: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. ConvergenceD. Port speed

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67Joe, a client, has observed non-employees sitting in his parking lot and surfing on his unsecured wirelessconnection. Which of the following could be employed to potentially prevent this? (Select TWO).

A. PoEB. VLANsC. MTU black holeD. GBIC installationE. WPAF. Reduction of signal gain

Correct Answer: EFSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68Joe, a network technician, blocks access to ports 25,110, and 143 on the firewall. Which of the followingapplication services will be blocked due to this?

A. Email sending and receivingB. Domain Name ServiceC. FTP access to external serversD. Remote desktop access

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69Which of the following services do TCP connections provide to application layer protocols? (Select TWO).

A. Transport services without error recoveryB. Large data size manageability using segmentationC. Secure Kerberos password encryption on dataD. Delivery through error recoveryE. Proxy server authentication

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)

Page 210: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70Which of the following cable mediums is NOT susceptible to EMI?

A. WirelessB. FiberC. CoaxialD. UTP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71Which of the following defines the range of IP addresses a DHCP server can assign?

A. ScopeB. LeaseC. ReservationD. Subnet

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72CAT6 Ethernet cabling has a rated maximum transmission capability of:

A. 10MbpsB. 100MbpsC. 20,000MbpsD. 10,000Mbps

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73DNS lookups for a given host are intermittently failing. Which of the following would Karen, a technician, MOSTlikely use to verify this problem?

A. arp

Page 211: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. nbtstatC. tracerouteD. dig

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74Which of the following provides Kurt, a network technician, resource record information about network nodessuch as canonical names?

A. Proxy serverB. IPSC. DNSD. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75Sandy, an administrator, believes that the network has been attacked and MAC addresses have been capturedallowing unauthorized computers to access the network. Which of the following tools did the attackers MOSTlikely use to accomplish this?

A. Intrusion prevention softwareB. Packet snifferC. Intrusion detection softwareD. Port scanner

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76In which of the following wireless standards is MIMO used?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 212: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77Which of the following would Karen, a technician, do to monitor remote traffic through an access point?

A. Enable an SNMP agentB. Enable network mappingC. Set monitoring SSIDD. Select WPA2

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78Kurt, a network administrator, wants to separate the network into broadcast domains. Which of the followingcan he use? (Select TWO).

A. WAPsB. RoutersC. Patch panelsD. HubsE. BridgesF. VLANs

Correct Answer: BFSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79Which of the following is an example of a DHCP failover mechanism?

A. APIPAB. Inactive leaseC. ReservationsD. Active lease

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80Kurt, an administrator, receives reports from users in an office that their 802.11g wireless connectivity has beenproblematic since the installation of the new wireless phone system. At which of the following frequencies are

Page 213: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

both systems operating at to cause this issue?

A. 2.4GHzB. 900MHzC. 1.1GHzD. 5GHz

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81Sandy, an administrator, needs to install a wireless network that will allow legacy devices to connect to thenetwork and also offer both 5GHz and 2.4GHz frequencies. Which of the following would BEST describe thetype of WAP needed?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82Sandy, a technician, is reporting wireless transmission speeds of 300Mbps. Which of the following wirelessstandards is being used?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83Which of the following network devices MOST likely functions as a network repeater or a bridge?

A. VPN concentratorB. IDSC. Access pointD. Firewall

Page 214: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84Which of the following VPN methods is BEST used for connecting a remote office to the main company office?

A. WEP-to-WPAB. RDP-to-RASC. Client-to-siteD. Site-to-site

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85Kurt, an administrator, configures a device that functions at the network layer, and also has 24 collisiondomains. Which of the following terms BEST describes this device?

A. HubB. VPN concentratorC. Wireless access pointD. Multilayer switch

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86Karen, a network technician, needs to identify the MAC address of a device that is creating broadcast stormson the network. Which of the following tools will provide the needed information?

A. History logsB. Network snifferC. Network mapsD. Traffic shaping

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87Which of the following is the third layer of the OSI model?

Page 215: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. TransportB. ApplicationC. Data LinkD. Network

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88A firewall that operates at Layer 7 of the OSI model is known as a(n):

A. Circuit gatewayB. Packet filterC. Application levelD. Redundant firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89Karen, a network technician, is troubleshooting in a wiring closet in 2011. The cabling to all the equipment doesnot match the documentation from 2007. Which of the following configuration management methods has beenoverlooked?

A. Change managementB. System logsC. Asset managementD. Baselining

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90Kurt, a network administrator, is responding to a support ticket. The ticket does not have enough information todetermine the problem. Which of the following should Kurt perform FIRST before responding to the ticket?

A. Determine if anything has changed.B. Test a theory to determine a cause.C. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem.D. Escalate the problem if necessary.

Correct Answer: A

Page 216: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91Sandy, a network administrator, needs to allow all websites to be accessible by the sales team for businesspurposes. Which of the following ports need to be enabled on the firewall? (Select TWO).

A. 23B. 25C. 53D. 80E. 443

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92Which of the following technologies would Sandy, a technician, use to connect networks at large distanceswithout the use of physical medium?

A. SatelliteB. ISDNC. OC3D. OC12

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93Once Kurt, a technician, has implemented the solution to a user's reported problem, which of the followingshould Kurt do NEXT?

A. Alert the user that everything is repaired.B. Verify full system functionality.C. Document findings, actions, and outcomes.D. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94

Page 217: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Joe, a user, reports that his PC is the only one that does not have network connectivity. All the wiring has beentested property and the problem still exists. Joe is getting an APIPA address.Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Crossover cable is being usedB. Switch was powered offC. PoE is disabled on the portD. Port on the switch is disabled

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95Which of the following issues is a common problem in wireless infrastructures?

A. Incorrect port numberB. Mismatched SSIDsC. Invalid telnet sessionsD. Too many collisions

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96A switch in IDF 3 has shut down at 3 p.m. every day this week. Which of the following network tools shouldKaren, a technician, use to troubleshoot this problem?

A. Environmental monitorB. Cable testerC. TDRD. Loopback plug

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97Kurt, an administrator, wants to eliminate remote access to a network from all users, except those users inKurt's own country. Which of the following security measures could he use to set up this functionality?

A. MAC filteringB. Port filteringC. IP filteringD. TLS

Page 218: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98Users are unable to access the company's intranet website. Which of the following attacks has the networkMOST likely experienced?

A. Man-in-the-middleB. SmurfC. TrojanD. DoS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99Kurt, a technician, spoke to a user regarding a network problem. He searched all the logs associated with theproblem and pulled the change logs for the network environment. Which of the following should Kurt performNEXT?

A. Establish a theory of probable causeB. Implement preventative measuresC. Implement the solution or escalate as necessaryD. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100Which of the following technologies would adhere to the AAA model while facilitating ease of login changes formultiple routers and switches?

A. DOCSISB. HDLCC. SNMPD. TACACS+

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 219: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 101Joe, a customer, has reported that the wireless signal from a WAP can only be found in one specific corner of aconference room. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Incorrect encryption methodB. Incorrect antenna typeC. Incorrect channelD. Incorrect SSID identifier

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102Joe, a user, accidentally unplugs a cable from the patch panel and plugs it into the switch stack. Now, all usersare unable to access any network resources. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. EMIB. Mismatched MTUsC. LoopingD. Faulty module

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103Kurt and Sandy, users, are reporting that they no longer have network access. A computer icon shows thatnetwork connection is unplugged. Which of the following is the MOST likely reason for this?

A. NIC power failure on the serverB. Firewall is denying all trafficC. Patch panel power failureD. Switch power failure

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104Which of the following technologies is used on cellular networks?

A. EthernetB. CDMAC. CSMA/CA

Page 220: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. POTS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105Which of the following networking protocols would Kurt, a technician, use to standardize correct time onnetwork devices?

A. NTPB. RTPC. FTPD. TFTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106Karen, a network engineer, needs to troubleshoot a remote router within the WAN. Which of the following userauthentications would be the BEST to implement?

A. MS-CHAPB. KerberosC. TACACS+D. PKI

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107Which of the following has a maximum transfer rate of 54Mbps and operates at the 5GHz frequency?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 221: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 108Which of the following terms correctly defines the event in which multiple dynamic routers agree on the state ofthe network?

A. ConvergenceB. Spanning treeC. Port mirroringD. Link state

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109Which of the following would Sandy, a technician, find in a network map?

A. QoS standardsB. MDF/IDFsC. System logsD. Firewall rules

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110Joe, a network technician, has configured a server with the following IP settings:

IP Address: 192.168.1.40/27

Default Gateway: 192.168.1.64

DNS: 192.168.1.33

The server cannot access the Internet. Which of the following settings needs to be changed?

A. Default gatewayB. IP addressC. VLAND. DNS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111Sandy, a technician, is troubleshooting a cable problem. She has checked both ends and suspects an issue 50

Page 222: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

yards (46 meters) from the location. Which of the following network tools will confirm this analysis?

A. TDRB. Protocol analyzerC. MultimeterD. Cable crimper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112Which of the following is the broadcast address for a network defined as 192.168.0.0/24?

A. 192.168.0.255B. 192.168.0.1C. 192.168.0.0D. 192.168.0.253

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113Which of the following describes a single computer that is setup specifically to lure hackers into revealing theirmethods, and preventing real attacks on the production network?

A. Evil twinB. HoneypotC. DMZD. Honeynet

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114Which of the following network performance methods would Sandy, a technician, use with SIP phones?

A. CARPB. Load balancingC. QosD. Caching engines

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)

Page 223: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115Which of the following BEST describes the point at which an ISP's responsibility for an Internet connectionends?

A. RouterB. MDFC. IDFD. Demarc

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116After a switch upgrade, several users report no connection to the Internet, while other users report no problems.Which of the following is the MOST likely problem?

A. Wrong gatewayB. Faulty or missing routesC. No DNSD. VLAN port assignments

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117When examining a suspected faulty copper network cable. Karen, the administrator, notices that some of thepairs are untwisted too much. This is MOST likely causing which of the following?

A. DB lossB. DispersionC. CollisionsD. Cross-talk

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118Joe, a network technician, is installing multiple 802.11 g WAPs with the same SSID. Which of the followingchannel combinations would allow all three WAPs to operate without interfering with each other?

Page 224: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. 1, 6, 11B. 2, 6, 10C. 3, 5, 9D. 7, 9, 11

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119Which of the following capabilities of a firewall allows Kurt, an administrator, to block traffic based on keywordsdetermined by the company?

A. Stateless traffic monitorB. Stateful traffic monitorC. Signature identificationD. Content filter

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120Which of the following ports would Kurt, a technician, need to open on a firewall to allow SSH on the defaultport?

A. 20B. 21C. 22D. 23

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121Which of the following technologies has different upload and download speeds?

A. OC12B. SDSLC. OC3D. ADSL

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 225: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122Kurt, the network technician, is troubleshooting a network issue by implementing a new security device. Afterinstalling and configuring the device, which of the following steps should he take NEXT?

A. Verify full system functionalityB. Identify the main problem and question the userC. Document their findings, actions, and outcomesD. Escalate the issue to upper management.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123Karen, an administrator, is attempting to connect a laptop to a server via RJ-45 ports on both a device and aCAT5 patch cable. All of the IP settings have been verified to be correct, yet there is a connectivity problem.Which of the following would MOST likely fix the IP connectivity problem?

A. Wires 1, 2 and 3, 6 need to be swapped on one end of the connecting cable.B. Use the DB-9 port with a DB-9 to RJ-45 adapter on the server.C. Manually adjust the duplex mode on the server1 slink.D. Configure the laptop to receive a DHCP address from the server, rather than manually setting one

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124Which of the following is a Class A private IP address?

A. 4.2.2.2B. 10.1.1.45C. 169.254.9.15D. 192.168.0 100

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125Which of the following defines the purpose of a DHCP scope?

Page 226: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. To allocate a preset range of MAC addresses available for assignment.B. To tell a DHCP server to exclude IP addresses.C. To properly configure a DHCP server's allowed bandwidth level.D. To allocate a preset range of IP addresses available for assignment.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126Which of the following would the telecommunications carrier use to segregate customer traffic over long fiberlinks?

A. VLANB. MPLSC. VPND. PSTN

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127Sandy, an administrator, wants to limit the wireless guest network traffic to 100Kbps so that utilization issues donot occur on the company's T1 Internet access network. Which of the following optimizations should Sandyimplement?

A. Load balancingB. Caching engineC. Traffic shapingD. Quality of service

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128Which of the following tools would Sandy, a technician, BEST use to trace a wire through an area wheremultiple wires of the same color are twisted together?

A. Cable testerB. Toner probeC. Cable crimperD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: B

Page 227: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129A company only wants preapproved laptops to be able to connect to a wireless access point.Which of the following should be configured?

A. SSID disableB. ACL rulesC. WPA encryptionD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130A wireless LAN discovery tool that sends a null probe request to seek out wireless LANs, is a component ofwhich of the following?

A. War drivingB. War chalkingC. WEP crackingD. An evil twin

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131Joe, a company executive, has noticed that a wireless network signal from the company's WAP can be seen inthe company's parking lot. Joe is very worried that this is a potential security threat. Which of the following canbe done to eliminate this threat?

A. Implement WEP encryptionB. Decrease signal strengthC. Change wireless channelsD. Rotate the SSID daily

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132

Page 228: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Karen, a user, took a laptop on vacation and made changes to the configuration in order to use the device atthe hotel. She can reach the Internet, but cannot access any internal network resources.Which of the following is the MOST likely reason?

A. Incorrect DNSB. Incorrect subnet maskC. Duplicate IP addressD. Incorrect SSID

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133Karen, a technician, is connecting a new desktop computer to a switch. She was only able to locate one cablein the office for the installation. The wires at each end are color coded as follows:

End A: orange-white, orange, green-white, blue, blue-white, green, brown-white, brown

End B: green-white, green, orange-white, blue, blue-white, orange, brow-white, brown

Which of the following should Karen do to complete the installation?

A. Re-end the provided cable, keeping the wiring the same.B. Use the provided cableC. Purchase a crossover cable.D. Purchase a straight-through cable

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134Which of the following identifies the WLAN Joe, a user, is connected to?

A. SSIDB. FrequencyC. WEPD. Channel

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135Which of the following describes the purpose of DHCP?

Page 229: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Applying prioritization to certain types of network traffic.B. Resolving FQDNs to IP addresses.C. Filtering web content based on keywords.D. Dynamic assignment of IP addresses.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136Joe, a technician, is configuring a wireless access point. Which of the following channels should he use if theLEAST interference potential is desired?

A. 1, 6, 11B. 2, 5, 10C. 3, 7, 10D. 7, 8, 9

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137Sandy, an administrator, is responsible for one Linux and two Windows servers. She would like to review allserver logs centrally. Which of the following services could Sandy use in this scenario?

A. Event logsB. BaselinesC. Change managementD. Syslog

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138Which of the following connectors push and twist-on?

A. LCB. SCC. STD. RJ-45

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 230: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 139Which of the following network appliances can BEST be described as allowing multiple servers to sharerequests for a website through the same public IP address?

A. VPN concentratorB. Content filterC. Load balancerD. Proxy server

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140Joe, a customer, has a wireless network and has reported that the network traffic from the wireless accesspoints seems compared to the limited number of wireless devices used. Joe believes that other non-employeesare using the wireless network to access the Internet. Which of the following could be used to limit the accessto the wireless network? (Select TWO).

A. WPA encryptionB. Changing wireless channelsC. MAC filteringD. Changing wireless speed standardsE. SSID disable

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141Which of the following security devices is used in providing packet and MAC address filtering services for thenetwork?

A. Host-based proxy serverB. Network-based firewallC. IDSD. IPS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142

Page 231: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following media types will block EMI?

A. UTPB. SerialC. STPD. Non-plenum

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143Joe, a customer, wants to have wireless network access only in the conference room. He has placed a WAP inthe room, but notices that offices across the hall also receive a wireless signal. Which of the following could bedone together to solve this problem? (Select TWO).

A. Turn down the signal gain.B. Increase the encryption method.C. Change the wireless channel.D. Replace the WAP's antennas with directional antennasE. Disable the SSID

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144Kurt, a user, is having difficulty connecting a laptop to the company's wireless network. The techniciandetermines Kurt's wireless NIC has failed and replaces it. Which of the following network troubleshootingmethodology steps should the technician do NEXT?

A. Implement the solutionB. Verify full system functionalityC. Test the theory to determine causeD. Establish a plan of action to resolve the problem

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145Which of the following devices will allow Sandy, a user, to see a cached copy of websites?

A. Content switchB. DNS serverC. Proxy server

Page 232: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Load balancer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146An organization currently has CAT5e cabling throughout its office. Karen, the network technician, istroubleshooting a new CAT6 run that supports network traffic, but does not meet specification when tested witha TDR. Which of the following is MOST likely the cause?

A. Improper groundingB. TXRX reversedC. Incorrect terminationD. Outdated NIC drivers

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147Which of the following is a purpose of a VLAN?

A. Decreases bandwidth on a networkB. Segments broadcast trafficC. Increases port speedD. Allows another connection to the router

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148Which of the following is an authentication, authorization, and accounting method that provides administrativeaccess to network devices?

A. PKIB. TACACS+C. CHAPD. SSH

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 233: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 149Which of the following is used to verify configuration updates on a firewall?

A. Signature identificationB. Access control listsC. Scanning servicesD. Content filtering

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 150Which of the following layers of the OSI model would a NIC operate on?

A. PhysicalB. NetworkC. SessionD. Transport

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151Blocking a known malicious web address by using the ACL on the firewall is an example of which of thefollowing?

A. IP filteringB. Application filteringC. MAC filteringD. Port filtering

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152Karen, a network administrator, has discovered attempts to penetrate the network and access the customerdatabase. Which of the following methods could she use to provide a false customer database to the attacker?

A. RadiusB. DMZC. HoneypotD. Kerberos

Page 234: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153Which of the following OSI layers is included in the TCP/IP model's Application layer?

A. Data LinkB. SessionC. TransportD. Network

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154Which of the following DNS records would allow for a website to have more than one FQDN?

A. TXTB. PTRC. MXD. CNAME

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155Joe, a customer, is looking to implement wireless security. Which of the following provides the WEAKESTencryption?

A. SSHB. WEPC. TLSD. EAP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156Which of the following commands can Sandy, a technician, use on a server to display the default router setting?

Page 235: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. pingB. nslookupC. routeD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157A company is expanding and has found that logging into each device to collect error information is consumingtoo much time. They have asked Sandy, a network administrator, to set up a server that will capture errors fromeach device automatically. Which of the following technologies would BEST fit this requirement?

A. SyslogB. RADIUSC. IPSecD. Network sniffer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158Kurt, a network technician, has configured a new firewall on the network. Users are reporting errors whenattempting to access several websites. Kurt attempts to access several popular websites with no errors,however, he does receive an error when attempting to access a bank website. Which of the following ruleswould BEST allow access to the bank website?

A. Allow UDP port 53B. Allow TCP port 80C. Allow UDP port 340D. Allow TCP port 443

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159Karen, a user, reports that the web browser is indicating the site certificate is not trusted. Which of the followingattacks may be in progress?

A. Man-in-the-middleB. Denial of serviceC. Ping flooding

Page 236: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Smurfing

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160Joe, a customer, has requested a solution to allow all internally and externally bound traffic to be monitored.Which of the following would allow a packet sniffer to do this?

A. A VPN client and VPN concentratorB. A smart jack installed for each network jackC. A managed switch with port mirroringD. A proxy server with content filter

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161Joe, a technician, is asked to install a new wireless router, and make sure access to the new wireless networkis secured. Which of the following should be considered for security?

A. The router has the correct antenna typeB. The router has SSID disabled.C. The router is compatible with 802.11g.D. The router is broadcasting on the correct frequency.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162Which of the following OSI layers performs error detection using a Frame Check Sequence?

A. SessionB. TransportC. PhysicalD. Data link

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 237: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 163Which of the following commands can Sandy, a network technician, use to check whether the DNS server for agiven domain is reachable?

A. nmapB. nbtstatC. digD. arp

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164Kurt, a network technician, has been notified that several PCs are infected and are sending spam emails. Hewants to add a rule to the firewall to prevent the sending of emails from the internal network. Which of thefollowing rules will prevent this?

A. Deny TCP port 25 outboundB. Deny UDP port 53 outboundC. Deny TCP port 110 outboundD. Deny UDP port 213 outbound

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165Which of the following solutions will detect and disable a rogue access point?

A. Port scanB. Packet snifferC. IPSD. IDS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 166Which of the following layers of the OSI model is above the Session layer?

A. Data linkB. PresentationC. PhysicalD. Transport

Page 238: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167Kurt, a user, is able to connect to a distant wireless network then loses connection. This is an ongoing problemfor Kurt and the only wireless network around. Which of the following is MOST likely causing this problem?

A. Signal strengthB. Encryption typeC. Incorrect SSIDD. Incorrect channel

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168Which of the following is the loopback address for IPv6?

A. ::1B. ::255C. 127.0.0.1D. 127:0:0:1

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169Which of the following tools would Sandy, an administrator, use to determine if there is a problem with atelephone line?

A. Port scannerB. Punch down toolC. Butt setD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170

Page 239: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A firewall that examines all the incoming traffic and decides if the traffic is going to be allowed though ordumped is a example of which of the following?

A. Packet sniffingB. Packet filterC. Stateful inspectionD. Content filter

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171Joe, a network administrator, has been requested to install wireless access throughout the entire building, whileutilizing a single SSID. Which of the following options will meet this requirement?

A. Set a separate VLAN on each WAP with the same encryption typeB. Set the SSID on each WAP and set contiguous WAPs to different channelsC. Set the SSID on each WAP and set contiguous WAPs to the same channelD. Set a separate VLAN on each WAP with the same frequency

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172Which of the following connectors would Karen, a technician, use only for RG-6 cables?

A. F-connectorB. MTRJC. RJ-45D. RS-232

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173Which of the following allows for multiple operating systems to be run simultaneously on a single server?

A. Dual bootB. Multiple hard drivesC. PXE bootD. Virtual machines

Correct Answer: D

Page 240: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174Sandy, a network technician, would like to keep the IP address of the Human Resource department" s server inthe same group of 100 DHCP IP addresses that are assigned to the Human Resource department's employeeworkstations. Which of the following would BEST allow this and have the ability for the server to keep the sameIP address?

A. Implement a set of static IPs for the entire human resource department.B. Use a DHCP reservation for the server IP address.C. Use a small DHCP scope for the human resource department.D. Connect the server to a router in the network closet on the same floor.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175Which of the following wireless network standards allows for the HIGHEST speeds?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176Sandy, a network technician, needs to push changes out to network devices and also monitor the devicesbased on each device's MIB. Which of the following should she use?

A. SNMPB. Traffic analysisC. SyslogD. Asset management

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177

Page 241: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following would Joe, a technician, MOST likely use to remotely verify port configuration of aswitch?

A. traceroute commandB. SNMP monitorC. nbtstat commandD. dig command

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178Which of the following can be used to view the list of ports on which a server is listening?

A. digB. net statisticsC. netstatD. nslookup

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179Which of the following protocols uses port 3389?

A. IMAPB. DHCPC. SSHD. RDP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180Sandy, a technician, needs to customize various cable lengths and verify that the cables are working correctly.Which of the following tools would be needed to accomplish this? (Select TWO).

A. Cable certifierB. MultimeterC. CrimperD. Punch down toolE. Loopback plug

Page 242: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181Which of the following is an invalid MAC address?

A. AA:CE:58:FD:90:08B. 44:98:3E:F8:33:23C. 56:AD:BX89:55:54D. 94:9E:FE:EE:8C:DF

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182On which of the following layers does a hub function?

A. TransportB. Data linkC. PhysicalD. Network

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183Sandy, an administrator, is experiencing availability issues on a Linux server. She decides to check the serverfor an IP address conflict on the server. Which of the following commands should Sandy use?

A. TracerouteB. TracertC. IfconfigD. Ipconfig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184After Kurt, a technician, has established a plan of action to resolve the problem, which of the following stepsshould he perform NEXT?

Page 243: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Establish a theory of probable cause.B. Implement preventative measures.C. Verify full system functionality.D. Implement the solution or escalate as necessary.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185Which of the following protocols does a router use to communicate packets to other routers?

A. RIPB. VLANC. STPD. VTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186Which TCP/IP model layer does the OSI model layer named 'session' respond to?

A. ApplicationB. PresentationC. InternetD. Transport

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187Which of the following defines access for a network?

A. ACLB. RDFC. RASD. ARP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 244: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188Which of the following protocols would Sandy, a technician, use to disable switch ports automatically to preventswitching loops?

A. RIPB. OSPFC. STPD. EGP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189Karen, an administrator, finds a phone line but does not know where the line goes or if it is active. Which of thefollowing can be used to test if it is active?

A. Butt setB. Punch down toolC. Cable testerD. Cable stripper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190After a brownout, Kurt, a user, can connect to the internal network, but not the Internet. Which of the followingis the company's DSL router experiencing that is causing this issue?

A. Switching loopB. Power failureC. Broadcast stormD. Duplicate IP address

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191The protocols that use a three way handshake to transfer information can be found within which layer of theOSI model?

A. Layer 2

Page 245: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Layer 3C. Layer 4D. Layer 5

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192Which of the following uses copper wiring?

A. 10GBaseERB. 10GBaseLWC. 100BaseFXD. 1000BaseT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193Teachers and students at a school currently share the same bandwidth. The Internet performance for theteachers in the classroom is becoming extremely slow. Which of the following is the BEST method to mitigatethe issued?

A. Increased uptimeB. Caching enginesC. Traffic shapingD. Load balancing

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194Which of the following is a reason to use dynamic DNS?

A. The host IP address is not listed in the firewall.B. The host IP address is assigned by DHCP.C. Static routes cannot be used on the host network.D. A third-party certificate is being used.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 246: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195Sandy, a network consultant, is asked to set up a wireless network in a home. The home user wants thewireless network to be available in every corner of the house. Which of the following additional information willSandy need to determine the equipment for the installation? (Select TWO).

A. The length of the houseB. How many rooms are in the house?C. How many users will be using the wireless network?D. The building material of the houseE. The cost of the house

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196Which of the following tools allows Kurt, an administrator, to test connectivity between two computers?

A. routeB. pingC. ipconfigD. tfconfig

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197Which of the following should Joe, a technician, implement to provide high bandwidth to a VoIP application?

A. Caching enginesB. Fault toleranceC. Load balancingD. High availability

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 198Joe, a network technician, is concerned about the environmental effects of power consumption and heat fromnetwork resources. Limited space is also a concern. Which of the following technologies should beimplemented?

Page 247: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Circuit switchingB. Network address translationC. Power over EthernetD. Virtual servers

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199Which of the following is used by RADIUS to encrypt messages between the server and the client?

A. Public keyB. CSU/DSUC. Private keyD. Shared secret

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200Which of the following is the MAIN purpose of a packet sniffer?

A. To determine open ports on a serverB. To ensure encryption is being usedC. To analyze network trafficD. To prevent network intrusion

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201In the 2.4GHz range, which of the following channel combinations are non-overlapping?

A. 1, 6, 11B. 2, 7, 10C. 2, 8, 13D. 3, 6, 9

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 248: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 202Which of the following is the port number used by HTTP?

A. 21B. 80C. 443D. 3389

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203Which of the following is most effective against threats when used with an updated sewer? (Select TWO)

A. Kerberos serverB. Stateful firewallC. Content filterD. IDSE. VPN concentrator

Correct Answer: CDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204A crossover cable is MOST commonly associated with which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. SessionB. ApplicationC. NetworkD. Physical

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205For security reasons Kurt, a network technician, wants to install a Linux based email server. Microsoft webservices, and directory services on different servers. Which of the following technologies would be BEST toreduce hardware costs?

A. VPN concentratorB. Virtual servers

Page 249: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. WirelessD. Multimode fiber

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206A company is about to install a second network connection with a new ISP. Which of the following routingprotocols is the BEST choice?

A. IS-ISB. BGPC. OSPFD. RIP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207A layer 3 switch can move packets between subnets based on which of the following criteria?

A. 802.1q tagB. PortC. ApplicationD. IP address

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208Which of the following would be used to test out the security of a specific network by allowing it to receivesecurity attacks?

A. HoneynetB. HoneypotC. Vulnerability scannerD. Network based IDS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 250: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 209A bridge handles frames at which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. NetworkB. SessionC. TransportD. Data Link

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210Joe, an administrator, is using a punch-down tool to connect a cable. To which of the following is Joe MOSTlikely connecting?

A. A 110 blockB. A demarcC. A DB-9D. A smart jack

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211Joe, an administrator, has just finished installing a new switch and connected two servers with IPs of192.168.105.20 and 30. The servers are able to communicate with each other, but are unable to reach theInternet. Joe sees the following information in the switch configuration:

Interface VLAN 105

IP address 192.168.105.5 255.255.255.0Joe is able to ping the router at 192.168.105 1 from the switch. Which of the following is the MOST likely causeof the problem?

A. The subnet mask is incorrect.B. A routing loop has occurred.C. Joe used a crossover cable to connect the switch to the gatewayD. The server is missing default-gateway information

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 251: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 212Which of the following wireless technologies can support the MOST allowable MIMO streams?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213Which of the following devices should Joe, an administrator, connect to a protocol analyzer in order to collect allof the traffic on a LAN segment?

A. HubB. VLANC. RouterD. Server

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214Switch A is configured with VLAN 105 and 106. Switch B is configured with VLAN 105 and 107. Both switchesare connected with a fiber cable. In order for packets from all VLANs to cross the fiber cable, which of thefollowing configurations MUST be present?

A. Reverse ARPB. Full duplex on the fiber linkC. PoED. 802.1q trunking

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215Sandy, a user, is unable to access the company website on a laptop. A network technician verifies that the usercan access other Internet pages. According to network troubleshooting methodology, which of the followingsteps should be taken NEXT?

A. Remotely connect to Sandy's laptop and review the network configuration settings.B. Ping the web server from inside the network to ensure it is still up and running.

Page 252: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Check to make sure the company's website is accessible from the Internet.D. Ensure the Ethernet cable is securely plugged into Sandy's laptop.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216Karen, a network technician, is troubleshooting a problem and has just established a plan of action to resolvethe problem. Which of the following is the NEXT step in the troubleshooting methodology?

A. Verify full system functionality and if applicable implement preventative measures.B. Implement the solution or escalate as necessary.C. Document findings, actions, and outcomes.D. Establish a theory of probable cause (e.g. question the obvious).

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217Which of the following wireless technologies can support the GREATEST distance on either 2.4GHz or 5GHzfrequencies?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218A company needs strong wireless security enabled for minimal cost. Which of the following security measuresis the BEST to use?

A. WEPB. Port filteringC. WPAD. Longer SSID broadcast intervals

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 253: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 219Which of the following ports is the default telnet port?

A. 20B. 21C. 22D. 23

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 220Sandy, a network technician, is attempting to map a FQDN to an internal server at the address of 10.0.0.15without NAT/PAT. Which of the following is the reason this will ultimately not work?

A. This is a private address which cannot be seen by external users.B. The address does not have the appropriate subnet mask assigned.C. This is a public address which can only be seen by internal users.D. This is a private address which can only be seen by external users.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 221Which of the following is the network topology in which computers connect to form a straight line?

A. RingB. StarC. BusD. Mesh

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 222Users have reported slow access limes when retrieving information from a server on the company's network.Which of the following tools would provide access time information on each segment of the network to reachthe server?

A. arp

Page 254: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. routeC. ipconfigD. tracert

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 223Karen, a network administrator, needs to add an additional connection to a room. She adds a new Ethernetswitch and must connect it to an existing switch. Which cable type should Karen use to connect the twoswitches?

A. CAT3cableB. Serial cableC. Crossover cableD. Rollover cable

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 224Which of the following DNS record types provides the hostname to IP address mapping?

A. A recordB. NS recordC. CNAME recordD. MX record

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 225The selection of the correct punch down tool to use depends on which of the following?

A. Connector typeB. Demarcation point locationC. Block typeD. Switch location

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 255: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 226Which of the following uses a ring topology?

A. DSLB. EthernetC. DOCSISD. SONET

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 227A company wants to secure access to its internal wifeless network. The company wants to use the most securemeans to access the network. Which of the following is the BEST choice for wireless security in this situation?

A. WEP encryptionB. Channel rotationC. Disable SSIDD. WPA encryption

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2281000BaseT has a MAXIMUM run distance of:

A. 25 meters (82 feet)B. 100 meters (328 feet)C. 500 meters (1640 feet)D. 1000 meters (3280 feet)

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 229Sandy, an administrator, attempts to open a web page and sees the following error 'Error 404:Page not found'. She then uses the ping command and finds that the default gateway cannot be pinged. Atwhich of the following layers does the problem MOST likely reside?

A. Layer 1

Page 256: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Layer 4C. Layer 5D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 230Which of the following protocols is Joe, a technician, using to encrypt data between web servers and webbrowsers?

A. SMTPB. SIPC. HTTPD. SSL

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 231Which of the following would Karen, a technician, use in voice over IP communications?

A. SNTPB. SCPC. SMTPD. SIP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 232Kurt, an administrator, needs to install a new 100 foot (30 meter) cable run from an IDF switch to the MDF,through a room that has a large number of motors. Which of the following would be the BEST cable type tochoose?

A. CAT3B. STPC. CoaxialD. Fiber

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 257: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 233Karen, a customer, wants to install a wireless network into a shared office space. There are several otherwireless networks from other companies that can be detected within the office space. Which of the followingshould be configured on Karen's wireless network to differentiate it from other wireless network and still providethe BEST performance and security? (Select TWO).

A. SSIDB. ChannelC. Antenna typeD. Wireless standardE. NAT

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 234Joe, a user, can no longer access the accounting file share, but others are still able to access the share. Whichof the following would be the FIRST step in troubleshooting the issue?

A. Notify senior management of the issue.B. Develop a probable cause theory.C. Ask Joe if anything has changed on the system.D. Escalate the issue to the vendor.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 235Which of the following wiring standards would Karen, a technician, MOST likely use to interconnect two deviceswithout the use of a hub or switch?

A. 568AB. 568BC. CrossoverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 236

Page 258: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following would provide Kurt, a technician, with a performance reference point to refer back toafter hardware repair?

A. BaselineB. Network mapC. Wire schemeD. Asset management

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 237Which of the following connector types is MOST commonly found with coaxial cabling?

A. DB-9B. BNCC. RJ-45D. RJ-11

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 238Which of the following connector types will MOST likely be located on a serial cable?

A. DB-9B. LCC. STD. BNC

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 239Kurt, a user, on a network cannot access any network resources. The link light on his computer shows that aconnection is present. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The wrong cable type has been usedB. IDS has shut down the computer's switch portC. The port on the switch is configured incorrectlyD. Spanning tree protocol was implemented

Correct Answer: C

Page 259: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 240Which of the following basic devices blocks ports and can sometimes filter data?

A. RepeaterB. HubC. FirewallD. Switch

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 241Which of the following protocols is commonly used for VoIP technology?

A. TelnetB. SMTPC. SIPD. SNMP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 242Which of the following metrics indentifies the number of connections that is between two devices?

A. Hop countB. MTUC. LatencyD. Bandwidth

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 243A router that takes the workstations internal IP address and changes it to another IP address when it sends thedata outside of the network is and example of which of the following?

A. NAT

Page 260: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. IDSC. NMAPD. DMZ

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 244Karen, a technician, is asked to run new cabling for an office that is 350 feet (107 meters) away from thenetworking equipment. The type of cable being run is CAT6. Karen purchases and installs a 500 foot (152meters) CAT6 cable, but after installation, notices a weak signal between the office and the networkingequipment. Which of the following would have been the BEST to install instead of the CAT6 cable?

A. Install two CAT6 cables with a repeater.B. Install a 500 foot (152 meter) CAT5 cable.C. Install a 500 foot (152 meter) CAT5e cable.D. Install three CAT6 cables with a repeater.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 245Kurt, the network administrator, has just finished installing a new 10/100/1000 switch, but receives reports fromthe server administrator that servers connected to the new switch seem to be experiencing slow LANconnections. Kurt checks the port connecting the new switch to the core switch and sees the followinginformation:

#show run interface GigabitEthernet 0/10

Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq

Switchport mode trunk

Switchport trunk native VLAN 10

Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the slow connections?

A. The servers have not had VLAN tagging enabled on their NICsB. Speed and duplex have not been setC. VLAN tagging was not set on the trunkD. The servers have been connected with CAT5 cable

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 261: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 246Karen, an administrator, wants to list all the network connections to and from the server. Which of the followingcommands would MOST likely be used?

A. tracerouteB. pingC. ipconfigD. netstat

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 247A company plans to implement a wired network between several computers. The company wants this networkto be able to have a transmission rate of 1Gbps. Which of the following cable types should be purchased?

A. CoaxialB. CAT3C. CAT5D. CAT5e

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 248Which of the following regulates the amount of network traffic a single node receives in a server cluster?

A. Load balancerB. Proxy serverC. Content filterD. Quality of service

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 249Before installing a wireless network, which of the following should Karen, a network technician, take intoconsideration to reduce signal exposure for war drivers?

A. Device placementB. MAC address filteringC. User authentication

Page 262: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Encryption protocols

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 250Which of the following ports would have to be allowed through a firewall to allow SNMP traffic to pass on itsdefault port? (Select TWO).

A. 22B. 23C. 143D. 161E. 162F. 8080

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 251Which of the following virtual components maintains a MAC-to-port forwarding table?

A. Virtual PBXB. Virtual desktopC. Virtual switchD. Virtual server

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 252In which of the following layers of the OSI model does the TCP protocol operate?

A. SessionB. NetworkC. Data linkD. Transport

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 263: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 253Which of the following DNS records would be queried to locate a company's mail server?

A. AB. MXC. AAAAD. CNAME

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 254Which of the following improves wireless performance only allowing only one wireless transmission on thenetwork at a time?

A. CSMA/CAB. CSMA/CDC. Wireless encryptionD. Wireless bonding

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 255Creating a uniform user environment throughout the network can BEST be achieved by using which of thefollowing?

A. HoneypotsB. Virtual switchesC. Virtual PBXD. Virtual desktops

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 256After a baseline check was completed it was noted that the network was working far below the level of the lastbaseline. Which of the following should Joe, the technician, do NEXT to determine where the network problemsare occurring?

A. Upgrade the firmware on all routers and switchesB. Reboot the entire network one device at a time

Page 264: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Conduct a network traffic analysisD. Rerun the baseline to ensure the results were correct

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 257The location where the Telco wiring stops and the clients wiring starts is known as the:

A. MDFB. demarcC. IDFD. 66 block

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 258Which of the following layers of the OSI model maps to the Network Interface layer of the TCP stack? (SelectTWO).

A. PhysicalB. SessionC. Data LinkD. NetworkE. Transport

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 259Which of the following would help a new administrator quickly determine if a network had a VLAN for its publiclyaccessible servers?

A. BaselinesB. RegulationsC. Logical network diagramsD. Wiring schematics

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 265: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 260Keyword and blacklist filtering would be handled at which level in a network?

A. Layer 2 managed switchB. DHCP serverC. Hardware firewallD. Bridge

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 261A common technique used to prevent the unauthorized network devices from sending traffic across a networkis port.

A. spanningB. address translationC. mirroringD. authentication

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 262When installing two 802.11g access points in the same building, which of the following channels will MOSTlikely be used to minimize interference?

A. 5 and 6B. 1 and 6C. 6 and 10D. 2 and 6

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 263Which of the following devices transmits timed broadcasts onto an active network?

A. BridgeB. Unmanaged switch

Page 266: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. DHCP clientD. Firewall

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 264Users are unable to stay connected to the company's wireless network. Several times throughout the day theusers' signals are dropped and they are forced to reconnect to the network. A technician determines thenetwork cabling that supplies the WAP has been run inside with several power lines. Which of the following isthe MOST likely cause of the network issue?

A. A shortB. Open pairsC. ESDD. EMI

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 265Which of the following describes the location where an administrator would terminate a bundle of CAT5ecables?

A. SwitchB. Smart jackC. RouterD. Patch panel

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 266Which of the following can be an STP cable?

A. RG-6B. CAT5eC. FiberD. RG-59

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Page 267: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 267Which of the following is used to identify active hosts along with their network addresses?

A. Port scanB. Ping sweepC. IDSD. NIPS

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 268A section of the building has been having intermittent connectivity problems lately. An action plan and solutionhas been created. Which of the following steps would an administrator perform NEXT?

A. Document the solution and process.B. Establish the most probable cause.C. Implement and test the solution.D. Identify additional symptoms and problems

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 269A web server is running correctly but sending a RST packet to any client trying to connect using HTTP on TCPport 80.

Which of the following tools should be used to determine the listening port of the web server?

A. RouteB. IfconfigC. NetstatD. Nslookup

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 270Which of the following utilities can be used to list the routing table?

Page 268: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. ipconficjB. nslookupC. netstatD. dig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 271Which of the following is a multifunction device in a SOHO network?

A. Bandwidth shaperB. Proxy serverC. Wireless routerD. Load balancer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 272At which of the following layers does the TFTP protocol operate?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 4C. Layer 5D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 273Which of the following is an EGP routing protocol?

A. IGPB. OSPFC. BGPD. RIP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 269: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 274Which of the following is used by RADIUS to encrypt messages between the server and the client?

A. Public keyB. CSU/DSUC. Private keyD. Shared secret

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 275Which of the following is the name of the routing update process involved when a change occurs in the routingenvironment?

A. SupernettingB. DynamicC. SublettingD. Convergence

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 276Which of the following is MOST commonly powered using PoE?

A. RoutersB. SwitchesC. LaptopsD. Access points

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 277Which of the following should an administrator do after running a command from the console on the perimeterrouter?

A. Update the configuration logsB. Update the network wiring schematicsC. Update the network configuration procedures

Page 270: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Compare the configuration with the baseline

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 278Which of the following features should an administrator configure to allow an IDS to watch the traffic on aswitch?

A. ARP spoofingB. VLANC. MirroringD. Spanning tree

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 279Which of the following utilities would be used to display a NIC's cache of MAC addresses?

A. arpB. nslookupC. digD. netstat

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 280Which of the following WAN technologies uses a telephone cable?

A. POTSB. FDDIC. SONETD. Cable modem

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 281

Page 271: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following is an intelligent repeater that is aware of the MAC addresses of the nodes on either sideof the data link?

A. GatewayB. HubC. BridgeD. Router

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 282Which of the following security devices would MOST likely be used on a network to screen and preventmalicious traffic?

A. IDSB. VPNC. NIPSD. HIDS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 283At which of the following layers does the ICMP protocol operate?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 3C. Layer 4D. Layer 5

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 284A user reports sporadic connectivity with their wireless connection. A technician determines the wireless speedreported by the laptop to be 1Mbps. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of this issue?

A. The client does not support 802.11n.B. Incorrect frequency on the client is being used.C. Incorrect encryption on the AP.D. The client distance from the AP.

Page 272: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 285Which of the following are common VPN transports? (Select TWO)

A. RDPB. VNCC. SSLD. PPTPE. RAS

Correct Answer: ACSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 286Which of the following interfaces is used to connect analog devices to the Internet?

A. POTSB. ATMC. VDSLD. SDSL

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 287Which of the following would contain information regarding network device alerts using SNMP?

A. SyslogB. Audit logC. History logD. Ping sweep reports

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 288A network technician arrives to work and discovers users are having a problem connecting the company server.The server operator was working on upgrades the night before. Which of the following documents should the

Page 273: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

technician use to attempt to discover the problem?

A. Network mapsB. Change managementC. BaselinesD. Cable management

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 289Which of the following are valid MAC addresses? (Select TWO)

A. 00-1C-1F-2C-13-43B. FFFF.FFFF.FFFFC. 00-1B-26-3F-B1-16-34D. 00-01-1E-2F-B3-16-01E. 001C.1G2F.1234

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 290Which of the following tools would an administrator use to determine if a DNS server is answeringauthoritatively for a domain?

A. nbtstatB. digC. netstatD. hostname

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 291Which of the following is a correct IP ACL? (Select TWO)

A. PERMIT 192.268.20.1B. DROP 00-12-34-56-78-9AC. DENYO:::0:::0:::3D. DENY ANY ANYE. PERMIT 192.168 1.100 80

Page 274: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 292Which of the following is an example of a MAC address?

A. 10.0.10.1B. 1A-23-F9-CD-06-9LC. 1A-23-F9-CD-06-9BD. 1A-23-F9-CD-06-9B-23-5C

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 293Which of the following is a performance optimization technology?

A. QoSB. TrunkingC. SpanningD. VoIP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 294A technician receives an urgent call that the switch in accounting is down. Which of the following should thetechnician do FIRST to troubleshoot this issue?

A. Identity symptoms and problemsB. Document the process and solutionsC. Establish the most probable causeD. Escalate if necessary.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 295By default, which of the following ports would a network need to have opened to allow for the transmission of

Page 275: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

incoming and outgoing email? (Select TWO).

A. 21B. 25C. 80D. 110E. 123

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 296A Stateful firewall is MOST useful in protecting against which of the following network scans?

A. PINGB. UDPC. XmasD. ACK

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 297Which of the following would be BEST to use when identifying HTTP traffic running on TCP port 53?

A. Network layer firewallB. Stateful inspection firewallC. Zone aware firewallD. Application layer firewall

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 298An administrator is setting up a network and would like to prevent users from having the ability to plug their PCinto the network to receive an IP address. Which of the following addressing schemes should the technicianuse?

A. NATB. DynamicC. SubnettingD. Static

Page 276: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 299Which of the following features does SNMPv3 have over previous versions when remotely monitoringnetworking devices? (Select TWO).

A. Trap receiversB. HTTPSC. AuthenticationD. PrivacyE. Availability

Correct Answer: CDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 300An administrator only has one public IP address that must be shared among five employees. Which of thefollowing network schemes should be used?

A. SNATB. SNAPC. NACD. MPLS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 301Several users from the same location are reporting problems accessing the intranet server. An administratorhas verified that no other remote areas are having issues connecting to the same server. Which of the followingsteps should the administrator perform NEXT?

A. Determine what has changedB. Test a solution.C. Establish the most probable causeD. Escalate the problem to the right section

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 277: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 302Which of the following authenticates a web server to the remote client in PKI?

A. FQDNB. DNS nameC. Public keyD. Private key

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 303An administrator needs to diagnose problems with a WINS server. Which of the following tools should be used?

A. nslookupB. nbtstatC. digD. netstat

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 304Which of the following connector types is used for coax cable?

A. BNCB. STC. LCD. SC

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 305In an enterprise setting, access switches providing network connectivity placed throughout a building aretypically connected to a backbone called the:

A. MDFB. ProxyC. Demarcation pointD. Smart jack

Page 278: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 306Which of the following wireless standards has the highest maximum data rate?

A. 802.11nB. 802.11bC. 802.11aD. 802.11g

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 307Which of the following solutions will detect and disable a rogue access point?

A. Port scanB. Packet snifferC. IPSD. IDS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 308A zone transfer occurs over which of the following ports?

A. TCP 53B. UDP67C. UDP123D. TCP 25

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 309A technician claims to have crimped a patch cable according to the T568A standard on one end and T568B onthe other.

Page 279: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following results is to be expected?

A. Since only half the leads are used, the cable will only work at 100Mbps.B. The cable will only work at a maximum of 100Mbps. since 1Gbps only works on T568B cables.C. There will be no proper data continuity; the standards utilize two different wiring diagrams.D. The cable will only work at a maximum of 10Mbps. since 100/1000Mbps only works on T568B pure cables

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 310An administrator is setting up a security camera that will send the same feed to twelve of the twentyworkstations on the network. Which of the following addressing schemes was designed for this scenario?

A. MulticastB. UnicastC. BroadcastD. Peer-to-peer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 311Which of the following protocols should be used to monitor network performance?

A. SNTPB. SMTPC. HTTPD. SNMP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 312A user receives an email slating that their account was compromised and there is a need to verify accountcredentials by submitting the correct information on a website. Which of the following security threats isoccurring?

A. PhishingB. Smurf attackC. Denial of serviceD. Man-in-the-middle

Page 280: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 313Which of the following protocols requests membership to a multicast group?

A. IGMPB. SNMPC. SMTPD. ICMP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 314A standard installation for wireless will use which of the following antenna types?

A. SectorB. PatchC. YagiD. Omni-Directional

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 315Which of the following regulates the amount of network traffic a single node receives in a server cluster?

A. Load balancerB. Proxy serverC. Content filterD. Quality of service

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 316A technician would like to separate the HR department's workstations from the other workstations at thecompany. Which of the following network topologies should be used?

Page 281: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Peer to peerB. SubnettingC. VLAND. VPN

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 317A client wants to improve the wireless coverage on the third floor of their house. The wireless router is locatedin the basement and there is no easy way to run a cable to the third floor. Which of the following devices shouldbe installed to extend the wireless coverage to cover the entire third floor without running cables?

A. SwitchB. RouterC. RepeaterD. Bridge

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 318An administrator has completed the installation of a new WLAN. Which of the following configurationmanagement documents needs to be updated?

A. Logical network diagramB. History logsC. Baseline configurationsD. Wiring schematics

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 319Which of the following describes what the number two represents in l00Base2 cabling?

A. FiberB. Coaxial cableC. UTPD. Twisted pair

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)

Page 282: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 320A crossover cable is MOST commonly associated with which of the following layers of the OSI model?

A. SessionB. ApplicationC. NetworkD. Physical

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 321Hardware locks, keypads on entry doors, badge readers, and biometric readers are all examples of which ofthe following security types?

A. PhysicalB. LogicalC. SoftwareD. Authentication

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 322Which of the following has a MAXIMUM distance of 300 meters (984 feet)?

A. 1000BaseTB. 10GBaseSWC. 100BaseFXD. 100BaseTX

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 323Which of the following documents should always be kept up-to-date after any major changes are made to anetwork backbone?

A. Network diagram

Page 283: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Performance baselineC. Network security procedureD. Company policy

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 324Which of the following is a disadvantage of using the EIGRP protocol?

A. It does not scale well.B. It converges slower than OSPF.C. It is a proprietary protocol.D. It is a distance vector protocol.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 325Which of the following routing protocols runs over UDP and determines path based upon distance vectors?

A. RIPB. DSIC. BGPD. ISIS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 326Which of the following is equipment provided by the telephone company that provides remote diagnostic andloopback services for subscriber lines?

A. 66 blockB. DemarcC. Smart jackD. 110 block

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 284: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 327An administrator is troubleshooting a communication issue between two computers on the same Layer 2switch. Which of the following is the BEST way to determine if the switch is causing the issue?

A. Setup an ACL that allows and logs all IP traffic between the two computersB. Configure a spanning tree to check for a loopC. Setup a span port on the switch to watch for CRC errorsD. Connect both computers using a crossover cable

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 328Which of the following devices is used to connect multiple devices to a network and does not stop broadcasttraffic?

A. SwitchB. HubC. ModemD. Repeater

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 329Which of the following protocols allow the set up, teardown and streaming of VoIP traffic? (Select TWO)

A. NTPB. VNCC. RTPD. SIPE. TLS

Correct Answer: CDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 330Which of the following is a secure method of copying information over a public network?

A. SCPB. SMTP

Page 285: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. SNMPD. TFTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 331An administrator needs to authenticate users to the network, authorize network activities, and account foractivities done. Which of the following are services that will BEST meet these goals? (Select TWO).

A. TACACS+B. RADIUSC. KerberosD. 802.1XE. RRAS

Correct Answer: ABSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 332An administrator receives reports from users in an office that their 802.11g wireless connectivity has beenproblematic since the installation of the new wireless phone system. At which of the following frequencies areboth systems operating at to cause this issue?

A. 2.4GHzB. 900MHzC. 1.1GHzD. 5GHz

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 333An administrator suspects that an incorrect POTS line is carrying the DSL signal. Which of the following willhelp diagnose this issue?

A. MultimeterB. Toner probeC. Protocol analyzerD. Butt set

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 286: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 334An administrator wants to test the network MTU. Which of the following commands allows different size packetsto be sent?

A. netstatB. tracerouteC. nbtstatD. ping

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 335Which of the following is used to serve as an emergency backup line to troubleshoot a broadband connectionon many routers?

A. DSLB. POTSC. VDSLD. Smart jack

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 336Which of the following protocols uses UDP to transfer files?

A. FTPB. SFTPC. SMTPD. TFTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 337Which of the following would be used to connect two IDFs in the same building with the LAN, while minimizingcrosstalk?

Page 287: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. RG-6B. STPC. CAT3D. UTP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 338Which of the following network devices would MOST likely be installed to allow the company's single public IPto be shared and translated into local IPs for network devices?

A. RouterB. HubC. WAPD. Switch

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 339A technician who separated two departments using VLANs now discovers that the VLANs cannot communicatewith each other. Which of the following does the technician need to enable communication between theVLANs?

A. Port spanningB. VLAN concentratorC. FirewallD. Router

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 340Which of the following network topologies BEST describes a VPN? (Select TWO)

A. Point to PointB. Point to MultipointC. VLAND. RingE. Bus

Correct Answer: AB

Page 288: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 341Which of the following cable speeds would provide the GREATEST theoretical bandwidth?

A. 1000BaseTB. 100BaseTC. 10GBaseTD. 10BaseT

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 342Which of the following is true about an IP address if the first bit is a zero?

A. The address is a Class A address.B. The address is a Class B address.C. The address is a Class C address.D. The address is a Class D address.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 343Which of the following tools are BEST used to cut away the outside covering of a CAT5e cable?

A. StripperB. Punch down toolC. Butt setD. Snips

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 289: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 344Which of the following is typically used In an LAN environment?

A. 10GBaseSWB. 10GBaseLWC. 10GBaseSRD. 10GBaseEW

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 345After testing a new 100BaseTX cable, the technician determines that only pairs 4, 5, 7, and 8 are straight-thruwires. Which of the following MOST likely describes this cable type?

A. Crossover cable with open pairsB. Crossover cableC. Rollover cableD. Straight-thru cable with open pairs

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 346A server keeps rebooting at various times throughout the day. Which of the following tools would BEST help todiagnose this issue?

A. MultimeterB. Temperature monitorC. Cable testerD. Toner probe

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 347Which of the following devices would allow a technician using a packet sniffer to view all the data on a network?

A. GBICB. Hub

Page 290: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. BridgeD. Modem

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 348An administrator finds a phone line but does not know where the line goes or if it is active. Which of thefollowing can be used to test if it is active?

A. Butt setB. Punch down toolC. Cable testerD. Cable stripper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 349Which of the following allows a technician to mask a private network of IP addresses behind one public IPaddress?

A. NATB. SubnettingC. DHCPD. DNS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 350An administrator is deploying three B/G wireless access points in a new office location. Which of the followingchannels eliminates interference?

A. 1, 6, and11B. 3, 6, and 9C. 11,16, and20D. 36, 40, and 44

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Page 291: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 351An administrator receives a contract for a server install at a new building. Which of the following should becompleted after installing the server?

A. Log the administrator password usedB. Test the air temperatureC. Update the network diagramD. Review the evacuation procedures

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 352Which of the following is a reason to block FTP at the corporate firewall?

A. It does not transfer encrypted files.B. It cannot be tunneled in a VPN.C. It is a deprecated protocol.D. It transmits passwords in clear text.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 353A network IPS provides which of the following?

A. The layer 3 protocol on which other protocols like TCP and UDP communicate.B. Enables the IPSec protocol on internal workstations.C. Packet-based detection and prevention of network attacks.D. Single mode IP communication for a fiber line between remote sites.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 354An administrator is configuring IP 10.178.1.5 on a legacy device that will only accept a classful address. Whichof the following is the address that can be used in this scenario?

A. 10.178.1.5/1B. 10.178.1.5/8

Page 292: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. 10.178.1.5/16D. 10.178.15/30

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 355Which of the following should be configured to provide priority to voice traffic?

A. Port mirroringB. DMZC. QosD. Trunking

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 356Which of the following protocols is the LEAST secure and should be avoided on a wireless network?

A. WEPB. PEAPC. WPAD. TKIP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 357Which of the following is an invalid subnet mask?

A. 255.0.0.0B. 255.256.255.0C. 255.255.255.255D. 255.255.00

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 293: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 358Which of the following tools would a technician use to check functionality of a physical network connection?

A. Butt setB. Cable testerC. Protocol analyzerD. Voltage event recorder

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 359Which of the following methods can move files in clear text and can be easily intercepted?

A. RSHB. SNMPC. FTPD. TELNET

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 360A technician needs to troubleshoot connectivity between two devices located on the same network. Which ofthe following BEST describes the type of protocol being used?

A. IGPB. EIGRPC. EGPD. BGP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 361Which of the following ports are used by default for web servers? (Select TWO).

A. 80B. 110C. 123D. 143E. 443

Page 294: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: AESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 362An administrator is trying to isolate the location of a persistent connectivity problem caused by a faulty NIC.Which of the following diagrams would assist the technician in finding the machine that is causing the problem?

A. Physical and logical networkB. Physical networkC. Logical networkD. DHCP tables and DNS records

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 363Which of the following connectivity issues is likely to occur within a token ring network?

A. CrosstalkB. Broadcast stormC. Duplex mismatchD. Collision

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 364An administrator is having a hard time adding a new switch to the network. After verifying that all the ports areconfigured correctly on each switch, which of the following should the administrator verily NEXT?

A. Straight-through cable is used to connect both switchesB. Loopback plug is connectedC. Crossover cable is used to connect both switchesD. Cable is a rollover cable

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 365Which of the following devices would MOST likely integrate a DHCP server?

Page 295: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. RouterB. HubC. SwitchD. Bridge

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 366The helpdesk is receiving calls about the corporate web server being down. Which of the following should betaken NEXT after verifying that the server is unreachable?

A. Escalate the call to a technicianB. Document any changes in the web server configuration.C. Implement and test a solution.D. Continuously ping the server until a ping response is obtained

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 367Which of the following tools would an administrator BEST use to trace a network cable?

A. TonerB. Cable testerC. Butt setD. Multimeter

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 368An administrator wants to prevent users from plugging in their personal laptops and accessing the Internetwithout a member of the IT staff configuring the machine first. Which of the following would MOST likely beinstalled?

A. Multilayer switchB. CSUC. Proxy serverD. IDS

Correct Answer: C

Page 296: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 369Which of the following technologies allows an administrator to submit traffic to an IDS for review?

A. Spanning treeB. VLANC. PoED. Port mirroring

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 370Which of the following is true of an ACL when a packet matching an ACE is found?

A. The matching ACE is skipped to allow all other ACEs to be examined.B. The matching ACE is processed and then the last ACE is examined.C. The matching ACE is processed and then the next ACE is examined.D. The matching ACE is processed and the next packet is examined.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 371Which of the following technologies is used on the backbone of an ISDN?

A. VDSLB. SDSLC. OC3D. ATM

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 372A user connecting a laptop to a wall jack is prompted for user credentials before being granted access to thenetwork. Which of the following is MOST likely implemented on the switch?

A. MAC filtering

Page 297: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. PoEC. IP filteringD. 802.1X

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 373A network administrator needs to add an additional connection to a room. The administrator adds a newEthernet switch and must connect it to an existing switch. Which cable type should be used to connect the twoswitches?

A. CAT3 cableB. Serial cableC. Crossover cableD. Rollover cable

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 374Which of the following is the purpose of QoS?

A. Load balance traffic across multiple LAN and WAN links.B. Increase speed of network traffic.C. Classify, mark, and prioritize traffic on WAN and LAN linksD. Guarantee traffic delivery.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 375Which of the following LAN technology has a MAXIMUM range of 10,000 meters (6 miles)?

A. 10GBaseERB. 10GBaseSWC. 10GBaseLWD. 10GBaseEW

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 298: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 376Prioritizing traffic between data and voice is defined as which of the following?

A. Caching enginesB. Proxy serverC. QoSD. Load balancing

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 377A demarcation point is usually installed and managed by which of the following providers?

A. Web host providerB. VoIP companyC. Telephone companyD. Hardware manufacturer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 378Which of the following wiring distribution components should be chosen to provide level integrated diagnosticcapabilities?

A. Vampire tapB. Smart jackC. Demarcation pointD. Programmable logic controller

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 379A technician needs to add network capacity. However, when plugging a second switch into the first switch,there is no link light. Which of the following is the cause of this situation?

A. The switches are not stackable.B. The cable was not wired using 568A.

Page 299: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. The cable needs to be a crossover cableD. The switches have IGMP snooping enabled

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 380Which of the following allows a WAP to be installed in a location where there are no power outlets available?

A. Port authenticationB. PoEC. PPTPD. Trunking

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 381When testing a CAT5 cable, the technician notices that pin A is open. However, the cable still works fine. Whichof the following describes how this is possible?

A. The cable was tested for 100BaseTX.B. The cable is a 1000BaseT cable.C. The switch uses link aggregation,D. The switch was setup to use MDIX.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 382Users are unable to access the Internet but the users are able to send/receive email from their desktops.Which of the following ports is MOST likely being blocked?

A. 25B. 80C. 110D. 143

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 300: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 383Which of the following would need to be implemented on a wireless router to allow network access based on apassphrase that the administrator would supply?

A. WPA-PSK encryptionB. SSID broadcastC. Port forwardingD. MAC filtering

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 384Which of the following routing protocols are unable to advertise CIDR networks? (Select TWO)

A. OSPFB. RIPC. EIGRPD. IGRPE. RIPv2

Correct Answer: BDSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 385When installing a wireless network in a large area, which of the following is the FIRST thing that should beconsidered when trying to get the MOST coverage?

A. SSID namingB. Device placementC. Encryption methodsD. Channel selection

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 386Which of the following utilities would be used to display a network's MX record?

A. digB. nbtstat

Page 301: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. tracerouteD. route

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 387Which of the following is the term used to describe the aggregation of multiple components to form one logicalcomponent?

A. BondingB. Circuit switchingC. CSMA/CDD. Channelization

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 388Which of the following performs posture assessments for unknown devices that connect to the network?

A. PKIB. EAPC. NACD. AAA

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 389At which of the following OSI model layers is HTTPS encryption performed?

A. Layer 3B. Layer 5C. Layer 6D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 302: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 390Which of the following network cable types requires grounding?

A. STPB. UTPC. FiberD. Serial

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 391An administrator is concerned about users utilizing the company's wireless signal with their personal laptops.Which of the following is the BEST method to use to prevent unauthorized devices from using the company'swireless network?

A. Secure VPNB. MAC filteringC. IP filteringD. Static IP addresses

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 392Which of the following cables is the MOST susceptible to interference?

A. FiberB. CoaxC. UTPD. STP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 393Which of the following ports is the default telnet port?

A. 20B. 21C. 22D. 23

Page 303: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 394On which of the following network devices would an administrator configure an ACL?

A. RouterB. HubC. RepeaterD. NIC

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 395Which of the following analyzes the entire subnet to identify all hosts that are active?

A. Ping sweepB. Packet snifferC. TracerouteD. Port scanner

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 396A user is attempting to connect to the network remotely using a laptop and dial-up. The user plugs the cableinto the only available laptop connection, but the connector is loose inside the port. The MOST likely reason theconnector is loose is the:

A. RJ-11 connector needs to be re-crimpedB. User has plugged into the laptop's NIC portC. User has plugged the wrong end of the cable into the portD. RJ-11 connector needs to be replaced with an RJ-45 connector

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 397

Page 304: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following is true of stateless inspection?

A. It is not able to determine which ports to block.B. It is able to detect packets from established connections only.C. It is able to determine the connection state of all packets going through the firewallD. It is not able to determine if a packet is related to an established connection.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 398An administrator would like to know the name of the workstation that is being repaired. Which of the followingcommands, without parameters, will provide this information?

A. HostnameB. IpconfigC. NetstatD. Ping

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 399Which of the following troubleshooting steps should be performed NEXT after a core router has been reporteddown?

A. Implement a solution.B. Establish the outage cause.C. Identify all affected areas.D. Test a solution.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 400Which of the following routing protocols involves all routers knowing the connections status of other routerswithin the network?

A. RIPv2B. OSPFC. IGRPD. BGP

Page 305: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 401A technician is working on a SOHO wireless network and notices that the wireless adaptor in the laptop showsexcellent connection at 11Mbps. The technician has a wireless N adaptor. Which of the following would BESTdescribe this connection speed?

A. The laptop is too far away from the WAP.B. The WAP is using 802.11a frequencies.C. The laptop is only set to allow 802.11n connections.D. The technician is on an 802.11b network.

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 402Users report an intermittent degradation of sound on their IP phones. Which of the following would a networkadministrator do to alleviate the problem?

A. Use plenum cablesB. Provide fault tolerance for the switchC. Configure VLAN trunking on the switchD. Configure QoS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 403Which of the following network devices would MOST likely be installed on a network to help reduce broadcasttraffic and to allow individual virtual networks?

A. SwitchB. RepeaterC. HubD. WAP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 306: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 404A natural disaster has occurred and the administrator must return the network to a healthy status. Which of thefollowing should the administrator do in this case?

A. Follow the emergency action plan.B. Wait for an issue to be reported.C. Establish a new baseline.D. Determine if escalation is necessary.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 405Switch A is configured with VLAN 105 and 106. Switch Bis configured with VLAN 105 and 107. Both switchesare connected with a fiber cable. In order for packets from all VLANs to cross the fiber cable, which of thefollowing configurations MUST be present?

A. Reverse ARPB. Full duplex on the fiber linkC. PoED. 802.1q trunking

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 406Which of the following connector types is commonly identified by two rows of pins with four in one row and fivein the other?

A. DB-9B. RJ-45C. SCD. BNC

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 407At which of the following layers does the UDP protocol operate?

A. Layer 1B. Layer4C. Layer 6

Page 307: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 408Interior gateway protocols are used for resolving routes:

A. Between networksB. Within routersC. Within networksD. Between WAPs

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 409Which of the following commands would allow a computer to acquire an IP address?

A. ipconfig/releaseB. ipconfig/renewC. ipconfig/allD. ipconfig/help

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 410Which of the following protocols can be used to retrieve system and network performance information from arouter?

A. LDAPB. IMAPC. TFTPD. SNMP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 411

Page 308: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following devices can be installed on individual computers throughout the network?

A. NIPSB. Network-based firewallC. VPN concentratorD. Host-based firewall

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 412Several users are sending emails to CompTIA.org. but they are not being received. Which of the followingcommands could be used to verify that the company is able to connect to the mail service at CompTIA.org?

A. PingB. ArpC. DigD. telnet

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 413Which of the following metrics indentifies the number of connections that is between two devices?

A. Hop countB. MTUC. LatencyD. Bandwidth

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 414Which of the following tools can be used to identify the location of a network outage?

A. tracerouteB. netstatC. nslookupD. ping

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)

Page 309: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 415Which of the following has a maximum data rate of 11Mbps?

A. 802.11nB. 802.11gC. 802.11bD. 802.11a

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 416Which of the following networks are reserved for private IP addresses?

A. 168.129.00/24B. 172.16.128.0/15C. 192.168.0.0/16D. 162.17.0.0/12

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 417A user receives a call from someone reporting to be from the help desk who asks for their password. The userdiscovers later that the caller did not work for the help desk. Which of the following describes this type ofexploit?

A. Phishing scamB. Social engineeringC. Man-in-the-MiddleD. Shoulder surfing

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 418An administrator needs to terminate network cables that have just been installed in the main communicationscloset. Which of the following tools is required?

Page 310: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. MultimeterB. SnipsC. Toner probeD. Punch down tool

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 419A small business with eight employees has just opened their office in a renovated loft in a busy downtown area.The owner of the building does not want to run any additional wiring beyond power, to preserve the historicnature of the building. Because of this stipulation, almost all tenants in the building have chosen to implementwireless. Which of the following should be the FIRST step in setting up this SOHO network?

A. Run a wireless site surveyB. Speak to tenants to determine their telephone standards.C. Install and configure a Gigabit switch.D. Determine the operating system versions.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 420Two business partners have recently been connected via a dedicated extranet. It has been discovered thateach of the companies are using the same private IP address space. Which of the following will help to resolvepotential routing issues?

A. MulticastB. PATC. CIDRD. NAT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 421Two autonomous networks who wish to exchange routing data should use which of the following protocols?

A. OSPFB. BGPC. EIGRPD. IS-IS

Page 311: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 422A computer is able to ping other devices on the same network but is unable to ping devices on another network.Which of the following needs to be configured?

A. DNS primary serverB. Host routeC. Proxy ARPD. Default gateway

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 423A technician at a company providing online, real-time media streaming to the Internet needs a networktechnology that will reduce bandwidth while delivering high throughput. Which of the following can thetechnician implement to fit these requirements?

A. SubnettingB. UnicastC. BroadcastD. Multicast

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 424Which of the following would be used to lock all of the primary communication equipment of a building,including its demarcation point?

A. MTRB. MDFC. SmartjackD. IDF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 312: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 425Which of the following restricts network access to a router administrator's interface?

A. IDSB. SSLC. ACLD. SMNPv2

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 426In which of the following topologies could the failure of one machine cause the entire network to stopfunctioning?

A. MeshB. Token ringC. StarD. Spanning tree

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 427A user reports that their laptop does not have network connectivity, but was working fine last week. Thetechnician executes IPCONFIG to see what the IP address is but it comes up with a 169.254.254.1 address.This address is not part of the company's subnet. Which of the following MOST likely identifies this addresstype?

A. MulticastB. DHCPC. APIPAD. Broadcast

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 428Which of the following address formats uses 32-bit addressing?

A. IPv4B. MAC addressC. IPv6

Page 313: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Host address

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 429Determining when to retransmit frames is an example of which of the following Ethernet properties?

A. Carrier senseB. Collision detectionC. Multiple access pointsD. Collision avoidance

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 430The T568B wiring standard slates that CAT5 cables should be coded as follows:

A. White/Orange, Orange, White/Green, Green, Blue, White/Blue, White/Brown, Brown,B. White/Orange, Orange, White/Green, Blue, White/Blue, Green, White/Brown, Brown,C. White/Orange, Orange, \White/Green, Green, White/Blue, Blue, White/Brown, Brown,D. White/Orange, Orange, White/Green, Blue,

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 431Using network monitoring tools would allow an administrator to do which of the following?

A. Configure offline devicesB. Examine performance issuesC. Install additional software and updatesD. View syslog events

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 432Which of the following WAN protocols is a packet switching technology?

Page 314: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Frame RelayB. POTSC. PSTND. ISDN

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 433Which of the following layers of the OSI model is the presentation layer?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 5C. Layer 6D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 434An administrator has added a new access point to the network to provide additional coverage. A heat-mapsurvey shows coverage now extends beyond company property and is interfering with other wireless networksin the area. How should the administrator modify the new installation to stop the interference?

A. Turn down the transmission strength of the access point.B. Replace the antenna with a smaller one.C. Change the wireless password to a more complex one.D. Change the SSID of the access point

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 435Which of the following wireless technologies can operate at only 5GHz?

A. 802.11b/gB. 802.11gC. 802.11bD. 802.11a

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 315: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 436The "1000" in 1000BaseT cabling represents which of the following?

A. The theoretical maximum cable lengthB. The theoretical maximum bandwidthC. The theoretical port limit of the cableD. The quality level of the copper wiring used

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 437Which of the following protocols is commonly used by ping?

A. SIPB. ICMPC. TFTPD. ARP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 438Which of the following wireless standards has a MAXIMUM throughput, by default, of 11Mbps?

A. 802.11gB. 802.11aC. 802.1 nD. 802.11b

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 439Which of the following WAN protocols is a circuit switching technology?

A. ISDNB. SONET

Page 316: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Frame RelayD. ATM

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 440When verifying a new wireless installation the administrator is unable to see a wireless signal with any wirelesslaptop. The MOST likely problem is:

A. The SSID is not set to broadcastB. An incorrect channel is being usedC. Incorrect client security settings are configuredD. Incorrect client configuration on the laptops

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 441Link aggregation is also known as port:

A. distributionB. mirroringC. spanningD. trunking

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 442802.11g wireless signals operating at 24GHz has a maximum line of sight range of which of the following?

A. 460 feet (140 meters)B. 540 feet (165 meters)C. 560 feet (171 meters)D. 840 feet (256 meters)

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 317: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 443Which of the following devices allows multiple internal IP addresses to access an external website with minimalimpact to the network bandwidth?

A. ProxyB. Load balancerC. RouterD. Bandwidth shaper

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 444Which of the following is a TRUE statement about static routing vs. dynamic routing?

A. Dynamic routing is created adhoc and static routing cannot be changed once implemented.B. Static routing is hard-coded and requires significant administrative overhead for large networks.C. Static routing requires little administrative overhead and dynamic routing requires significant administrative

overhead.D. Dynamic routing is the best solution for small networks and static routing is the best solution for large scale

networks.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 445A VPN connection is not working correctly and the technician is unable to ping the VPN server. Which of thefollowing actions should the technician do FIRST?

A. Call their local ISPB. Verify the IP information of the serverC. Check their local Internet connectionD. Verify the hostname of the server

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 446A company finished upgrading the wireless encryption to WPA2 Enterprise. The administrator receives a callfrom a user who is unable to connect to the company wireless. Which of the following is MOST likely causingthe connection problem?

A. The laptop is missing the software supplicant

Page 318: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. The access point SSID is hidden.C. The laptop only supports TKIP and AES encryption,D. The access point is on the wrong channel.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 447Which of the following is used to reduce the number of public IP addresses required?

A. RADIUSB. SNATC. PATD. NAT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 448Multiple users call from the same location saying that they have no network connectivity. The administrator isunable to ping the main switch at that IDF. Which of the following configuration management documents wouldthe administrator MOST likely consult to troubleshoot the issue?

A. Baseline configurationB. Security policyC. Performance and transaction logsD. Physical network diagram

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 449A technician wants to use an existing DHCP server for three additional VLANs. Which of the following featuresneeds to be configured to allow for this addition?

A. DHCP serverB. Proxy serverC. RepeaterD. DHCP relay

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 319: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 450An administrator is troubleshooting wireless connectivity issues at a client's office and discovers that themachine loses connectivity when the wireless phone is being used. Which of the following WAPS should beinstalled to help resolve the issue?

A. 802.1 1gB. 802.1XC. 802.11nD. 802.11b

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 451For security reasons a network technician wants to install a Linux based email server, Microsoft web services,and directory services on different servers. Which of the following technologies would be BEST to reduce hardware costs?

A. VPN concentratorB. Virtual serversC. WirelessD. Multimode fiber

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 452A client is having problems connecting remotely after replacing a router. An administrator has just created anaction plan. Which of the following is the NEXT step the administrator should perform to resolve this issue?

A. Implement and test the solution.B. Determine if escalation is necessary.C. Identify the affected areas of the network.D. Identify the results and effects of the solution

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 453Which of the following monitors a server to see which protocols might be in use?

Page 320: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Ping sweepB. Intrusion detection softwareC. Port scannerD. Wireless packet sniffer

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 454Which of the following protocols defaults to port 161?

A. SFTPB. SNMPC. SMTPD. SNTP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 455Which of the following technologies was designed to provide the FASTEST data rates over analog phone lines?

A. RADSLB. SONETC. ADSLD. MPLS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 456Which of the following services can an administrator use to reduce latency and prioritize the flow of data?

A. Fault toleranceB. RADIUSC. QosD. Load balancing

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 321: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 457Which of the following wireless standards can be used to avoid the 2.4GHz range? (Select TWO).

A. 802.11gB. 802.1XC. 802.11bD. 802.1 mE. 802.11a

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 458A small office in which all workstations are using an ISP provided IP range has noticed a consistent decrease innetwork traffic speed. The decrease does not occur when the gateway to the ISP is disconnected. Which of thefollowing should the administrator implement?

A. Multicast addressingB. Load balancingC. Address translationD. DHCP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 459How many bits are in an IPv6 address?

A. 32B. 64C. 128D. 256

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 460A stateless firewall requires a technician to:

A. Write more packet filters.

Page 322: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Write less packet filters.C. Purchase a license for states.D. Upgrade definitions manually.

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 461Which of the following should be used to test an internal NIC without having to connect it to the network?

A. Loopback cableB. Crossover cableC. Rollover cableD. Straight cable

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 462Which of the following has the HIGHEST data rate speed?

A. T1B. ADSLC. SDSLD. OC-3

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 463Users are reporting that they are still experiencing network issues even though a fix was recently applied.Which of the following troubleshooting methodology steps is the administrator using?

A. Escalating the problemB. Testing the solution and identifying the effectsC. Continuing to gather information about the same symptomsD. Documenting the solution and the entire process

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 323: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 464Kerberos is a form of user authentication that:

A. Provides users access to network resources.B. Performs router commands after user authentication.C. Provides users with remote access only capabilities.D. Does not require an authentication server

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 465After 100 meters (328 feet), CAT6 cabling is known to experience which of the following symptoms?

A. Signal lossB. Signal bleedC. Data collisionD. Crosstalk

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 466At which of the following does the telephone company's responsibility cease?

A. 66 blockB. DemarcC. 110 blockD. MDF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 467Which of the following tools allows an administrator to determine the MAC address of another computer?

A. pingB. arpC. ifconfigD. ipconfig

Page 324: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 468Which of the following is used to create multiple networks from one large network?

A. PATB. NATC. MulticastD. Subnetting

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 469Which of the following wireless standards was the FIRST standard to be ratified and is used to support legacywireless devices?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11gC. 802.11bD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 470Which of the following commands is used to display other computers running on the network?

A. hostnameB. ipconfigC. net viewD. nslookup

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 471Users are reporting problems connecting to servers in the remote company.com domain. The administratorsuspects this to be a DNS problem. Which of the following commands would the administrator run to identify

Page 325: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

the DNS server of the remote company.com?

A. dig company.com nsB. ipconfig/allC. ifconfig-aD. dig company.com mx

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 472In an environment with STP disabled, which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the exponentialincrease in repeated packets transferred through the network?

A. Incorrect subnet maskB. Mismatched MTUC. Switching loopD. VLAN mismatch

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 473Which of the following is the MOST likely authentication scheme used in 802.1x?

A. CHAPB. RADIUSC. TACACS+D. Kerberos

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 474Which of the following does not affect security on a wireless access point?

A. EncryptionB. DHCPC. PasswordD. SSID

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)

Page 326: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 475A technician needs to ensure that a specific application on a single home user's computer receives Internettraffic reliably. The home network provides access to three other users and the application relies on a specificprotocol. Which of the following should the technician use?

A. DHCPB. PATC. ProxyD. IPX

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 476Which of the following WAN technologies has the GREATEST latency and is not recommended for VoIP?

A. ISDNB. DSLC. SatelliteD. Cable

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 477Which of the following should be changed to secure access to a WAPs configuration management interface?

A. SSIDB. WPA2C. DHCPD. Password

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 478Which of the following denotes the FINAL point of responsibility for a service provider?

A. 66 block

Page 327: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Patch panelC. Wiring closetD. Demarc

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 479An administrator is implementing a wireless network. Which of the following encryption technologies is theMOST secure method and will authenticate devices to the network?

A. SSHB. WEPC. VPND. WPA

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 480Which of the following routing protocols is strictly a distance vector protocol?

A. IS-ISB. BGPC. EIGRPD. OSPF

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 481Computers on a small network are not able to receive new addresses from the DHCP server. However, theadministrator has checked the server and ensured it is connected, responding, and functional. Which of thefollowing is the MOST likely problem in this scenario?

A. The DHCP server has an incorrect gateway configured.B. The DHCP server was incorrectly configured with a six hour lease time on addresses.C. The DHCP server was incorrectly configured with no-expiring lease time on addresses.D. The DNS server is no longer functional and internal name-address resolution is down.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Page 328: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 482Physical and logical network diagrams are used for which of the following configuration management goals?

A. Track DHCP distributionB. Compare MAC and IP addressesC. Document Internet access historyD. Identity network devices

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 483Which of the following is the MOST efficient way to troubleshoot network problems?

A. Create an action planB. Implement and test a solutionC. Determine if anything has changedD. Identity a probable cause

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 484Which of the following OSI model layers is used for logical addressing?

A. PhysicalB. TransportC. NetworkD. Data link

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 485Which of the following layers is associated with the physical hardware address of a network node?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 2C. Layer 6

Page 329: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 486Which of the following cable types has a MAXIMUM transmission speed of 10Mbps?

A. CAT6B. CAT5C. Single-mode fiberD. CAT3

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 487An administrator has found interference on a network. Which of the following cable types is the network MOSTlikely composed of?

A. UTPB. FiberC. RG-6D. STP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 488When debugging a routing problem, the time-to-live (TTL) value can be used to determine:

A. Number of routes available.B. Number of router hops.C. Time that an advertised route is valid.D. Time to make a round trip.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 489

Page 330: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Web users are reporting issues downloading various types of media. Which of the following should theadministrator do FIRST?

A. Find out what has recently changed on the networkB. Create an action plan and solution identifying potential effects.C. Continue to gather information and see what other problems may exist.D. Determine the most probable cause.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 490Which of the following mitigation techniques would an administrator apply to a device in order to restrict remoteaccess?

A. Disable TELNETB. Disable IGMP snoopingC. Enable TELNET but not SSLD. Disable ICMP/ping on device

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 491An administrator wants to limit access of a wireless network without requiring authorized users to enter apassword or network key. Which of the following methods would MOST likely be implemented on the wirelessnetwork?

A. Disable SSIDB. WPAC. MAC filteringD. RAS

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 492Which of the following improves wireless performance by allowing only one wireless transmission on thenetwork at a time?

A. CSMA/CAB. CSMA/CDC. Wireless encryption

Page 331: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

D. Wireless bonding

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 493When ordering aT1 line, the network technician tells the telecommunications company that a particular deviceis not needed since it is built-in to the router's T1 port. Which of the following devices is the technician referringto?

A. CSU/DSUB. ATMC. TDRD. DWDM

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 494Which of the following is the full range of address block 192.16876.0/23?

A. 192.168.76.0-192.168.77.255B. 192.168.76.0-192.168.76.255C. 192.168.76.0-192.168.76.23D. 192.168.76.0-192.168.78 0

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 495Which of the following is the MOST secure method to enable remote users to access a company's internalnetwork resources?

A. VPN concentratorB. Network-based firewallC. DMZD. Stateful firewall

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 332: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 496A network at a small business utilizes a star topology and is experiencing frequent collisions among datapackets. Which of the following devices is MOST likely being used?

A. Unmanaged switchB. Hardware firewallC. HubD. Managed switch

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 497A technician temporarily needs an additional network connection in their office to test a new workstation. Whichof the following is the BEST solution to add a temporary network connection?

A. Install a small network switchB. Use port mirroring on the switchC. Split the pairs of the existing jackD. Install a CSU/DSU

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 498A technician is troubleshooting a network connectivity issue with a user's desktop configured to use a static IPaddress. The technician notes the following configuration:

IP 172.16.2.0

NETMASK 255.255.254.0

DEFAULT GATEWAY 172.16.1.1

DNS 192.168.1.1

Which of the following changes will allow the desktop to communicate properly with remote networks?

A. Changing the DNS to 172.16.1.100B. Changing the WINS server to 172.174.136C. Changing the netmask to 255.255.255.0D. Changing the default gateway to 1 72.16.3.1

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Page 333: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 499An administrator needs to know the workstation name of a user who called in for support in order to remotelymanage it. After calling the user and having the user open a command prompt, which of the followingcommands would the administrator ask the user to type?

A. NetstatB. IfconfigC. HostnameD. Ping

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 500A user is trying to connect their new desktop to the network but is unable to get an IP address. The techniciantests the cable and finds that there are too many open pairs. Which of the following wiring standards needs tobe used in the replacement cable?

A. 568BB. CrossoverC. 569-AD. 607-A

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 501When the DHCP server is unavailable for a network, how will PCs attempt to configure their NICs?

A. PCs will attempt to use the last address assigned to them.B. PCs will pull from a static address pool.C. PCs will use APIPA.D. PCs will prompt the user for an address.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 502Which of the following protocols uses port 119, by default?

A. NNTP

Page 334: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. NTPC. TFTPD. FTP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 503A company plans to implement a wired network between several computers. The company wants this networkto be able to have a transmission rate of 1Gbps. Which of the following cable types should be purchased?

A. CoaxialB. CAT3C. CAT5D. CAT5e

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 504Session affinity is a feature of which of the following devices?

A. DNS serverB. DHCP serverC. Load balancerD. IPS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 505Which of the following describes 1Gigabit Ethernet?

A. 10GBaseERB. 10Base2C. 1000BaseTD. 100Base5

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 335: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 506A user in the accounting department reports that their office is able to connect to the network, but they areunable to connect to the Internet. Which of the following documentation would be the MOST useful to theadministrator in diagnosing this issue? (Select TWO).

A. Physical network diagramB. Job logC. Acceptable use policyD. Baseline documentationE. Wiring schematic

Correct Answer: AESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 507Which of the following remote access methods allows an administrator to take control of a user's machine andblock the user from seeing the active session?

A. PPPB. PPPoEC. RDPD. RAS

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 508Which of the following is primarily used for VoIP?

A. TLSB. RDFC. NTPD. RTP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 509Which of the following tools would allow an administrator to push out a software update to all switches on thenetwork?

A. Network management

Page 336: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Protocol analyzerC. Network monitoringD. System diagnostic

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 510Which of the following wiring distribution components uses a bridge clip to connect both sides of the block?

A. 110 blockB. DemarcC. Smart jackD. 66 block

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 511Administrators are performing a war drive around their company's complex. Which of the following are theyattempting to detect?

A. WormsB. Rogue access pointsC. DDoS attacksD. Bluesnarfing attacks

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 512Which of the following is an interior routing protocol that is used to provide routing within autonomous systems?

A. ARPB. IGPC. BGPD. EGP

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 337: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 513On a network switch, which of the following is the default native VLAN?

A. 0B. 1C. 1024D. 4096

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 514When setting up a wireless network to cover a large area, which of the following needs to be consideredFIRST?

A. Device placementB. Encryption methodsC. Wireless channelsD. SSID name

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 515Which of the following security threats involves making phone calls?

A. PhishingB. VishingC. DDoSD. Xmas attack

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 516Which of the following LAN technologies is defined as fast Ethernet?

A. 10BaseTB. 100BaseTC. 100BaseFXD. 1000BaseT

Page 338: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 517A network consultant is asked to set up a wireless network in a home. The home user wants the wirelessnetwork to be available in every comer of the house. Which of the following additional information will thetechnician need to determine the equipment for the installation? (Select TWO).

A. The length of the houseB. How many rooms are in the houseC. How many users will be using the wireless networkD. The building material of the houseE. The cost of the house

Correct Answer: ADSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 518A user plugged a cable between two network jacks that attach to the same switch and caused a broadcaststorm. Which of the following would have prevented the broadcast storm?

A. Spanning treeB. VLAN taggingC. 802.1xD. Port mirroring

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 519Which of the following protocols is used to encrypt data between web servers and web browsers?

A. SMTPB. SIPC. HTTPD. SSL

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 339: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 520Which of the following devices separates a LAN segment into two collision domains, without affecting thebroadcast domain?

A. FirewallB. BridgeC. RepeaterD. Router

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 521When configured. MPLS can increase routing redundancy by providing which of the following network topologytypes?

A. BusB. MeshC. MultipathD. Ring

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 522On which of the following cables would a technician find a BNC connector installed?

A. CAT6B. RG-6C. FiberD. CAT3

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 523Which of the following ping parameters will set the size of the outgoing packet?

A. cB. iC. RD. s

Page 340: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 524Which of the following WAN technologies modulates 24 channels into a 1 5Mbps signal?

A. ISDNB. PSTNC. OC-24D. T1

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 525A company wants to secure access to its internal wireless network. The company wants to use the most securemeans to access the network. Which of the following is the BEST choice for wireless security in this situation?

A. WEP encryptionB. Channel rotationC. Disable SSIDD. WPA encryption

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 526A user on a network cannot access any network resources. The link light on the computer shows that aconnection is present. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the problem?

A. The wrong cable type has been used.B. IDS has shut down the computer's switch port.C. The port on the switch is configured incorrectlyD. Spanning tree protocol was implemented.

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 527

Page 341: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

At which of the following layers does the TCP protocol operate?

A. Layer 1B. Layer4C. Layer 6D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 528A technician is troubleshooting a network connectivity issue. Given the following abbreviated trace route output:

1 192.168.1.1

2 172.16.40.1

310.4.0.14172.16.40.1

Which of the following is MOST likely occurring?

A. Switching loopB. Broadcast stormC. IP conflictD. Routing loop

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 529Which of the following configuration management documentation types would an administrator use to knowhow and when to property install new network devices on the LAN?

A. Baseline configurationB. Logical network diagramC. Network policyD. Wiring schematic

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 530Which of the following applications is MOST likely to require QoS to ensure proper functionality?

Page 342: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. HTTPB. VoIPC. SNMPv3D. Peer to peer

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 531An administrator wants to limit the wireless guest network traffic to 100Kbps so that utilization issues do notoccur on the company's T1 Internet access network. Which of the following optimizations should theadministrator implement?

A. Load balancingB. Caching engineC. Traffic shapingD. Quality of service

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 532Which of the following commands would be used to display the IP address on a UNIX/Linux computer?

A. netstatB. ipconfigC. ifconfigD. dig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 533A technician wants to test the DNS server ns.company.com to ensure it is able to resolve the company webaddress. Which of the following command sequences will test DNS functionality?

A. nslookupset type=mxwww.company.com

B. nslookupSet [email protected] www

Page 343: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. nslookupdomain ns.company.comlookup www

D. nslookupserver ns.company.comwww.company.com

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 534Which of the following components is typically used for voice transmissions and has a 10Mbps maximumtransfer speed?

A. 110 blockB. Patch panelC. Vertical cross connectD. 66 block

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 535An administrator wants to be alerted when a network-based attack is underway, but the company policyprohibits blocking or dropping network connections. Which of the following MUST be deployed?

A. IDSB. IPSC. FirewallD. Managed PKI

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 536A company is about to install a second network connect on with a new ISP. Which of the following routingprotocols is the BEST choice?

A. IS-ISB. BGPC. OSPFD. RIP

Correct Answer: B

Page 344: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 537A customer wants to network several computers within a large warehouse. The warehouse has one computerat the very far end of the warehouse that is 170 meters (557 feet) from the network switch. Which of thefollowing cable types should a technician use for this computer?

A. CAT3B. CAT5C. CAT6D. Fiber

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 538Office A is located 500 miles (805 kilometers) away from Office B, yet they are on the same private network.Which of the following is MOST likely being used to accomplish this scenario?

A. TrunkingB. LANC. VPND. Peer to peer

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 539Which of the following represents the physical address of a network access card?

A. FF01:D2:C4:87::11B. 00-30-48-83-9B-C8C. 08-9D-35-22-L2-34-FF-21D. 2D1A:C3:0:1C3B:2AD:FF:FEBE:9D3A

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 540New service from the telephone company is delivered over fiber, but the technician does not have a fiber

Page 345: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

module for the router. Which of the following would remedy this issue?

A. OTDRB. Media converterC. CSU/DSUD. Fiber repeater

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 541An administrator needs to update a router configuration for a router that does not support SSH. Which of thefollowing can be used to securely update the router configuration?

A. FTPB. SNMPv2C. TFTPD. KTTPS

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 542Which of the following is an invalid IPv4 address?

A. 225.0.0.1B. 254.254.0.0C. 256.0.0.4D. 224.2.1.4

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 543A layer 3 switch can move packets between subnets based on which of the following criteria?

A. 802.1q tagB. PortC. ApplicationD. IP address

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)

Page 346: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 544Which of the following features is essential in a firewall if it is to support RTP sessions?

A. Remote consoleB. StatefulnessC. Address translationD. Zones

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5451000BaseT has a MAXIMUM run distance of:

A. 25 meters (82 feet)B. 100 meters (328 feet)C. 500 meters (1640 feet)D. 1000 meters (3280 feet)

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 546Which of the following features would BEST be used to optimize real-time voice and video chat? (Select TWO)

A. Load balancingB. Caching enginesC. QosD. Fault tolerance systemsE. Traffic shaping

Correct Answer: CESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 547An administrator is unable to ping a workstation. Which of the following tools would BEST help to resolve theissue?

Page 347: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. Cable testerB. MultimeterC. Toner probeD. Protocol analyzer

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 548A new company has been given one public IP address. The company employs 200 users requiring Internetaccess from the headquarters. Which of the following can be implemented to provide Internet access for all theemployees?

A. MulticastingB. Proxy serverC. NATD. Subnetting

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 549A technician is reporting wireless transmission speeds of 300Mbps. Which of the following wireless standards isbeing used?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802.11n

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 550A user took a laptop on vacation and made changes to the configuration in order to use the device at the hotel.The user can reach the Internet, but cannot access any internal network resources.Which of the following is the MOST likely reason?

A. Incorrect DNSB. Incorrect subnet maskC. Duplicate IP addressD. Incorrect SSID

Page 348: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 551Which of the following ports does POP3 services use, by default?

A. 25B. 110C. 143D. 443

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 552In which of the following layers of the OSI model does the TCP protocol operate?

A. SessionB. NetworkC. Data linkD. Transport

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 553Which of the following would MOST likely be used to punch down LAN cables before connecting them to themain switch?

A. IDFB. 66 blockC. MDFD. 110 block

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 554A technician needs to manage a switch by using the management port on the back of the switch. Which of thefollowing cables would the technician use?

Page 349: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. StraightB. ConsoleC. CrossoverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 555A network technician wants to use a packet analyzer to troubleshoot a reported problem with a user'sworkstation with IP address 192.168.1.45. To identify the workstation's packets the technician wants to use theworkstation's MAC address. Which of the following protocols would provide the needed information?

A. DHCPB. ARPC. DNSD. PING

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 556Which of the following network appliances can BEST be described as allowing multiple servers to sharerequests for a website through the same public IP address?

A. VPN concentratorB. Content filterC. Load balancerD. Proxy server

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 557A workstation is having connectivity issues when being added to the domain. Which of the following commandswould allow the administrator to see the DNS and WINS servers that are currently configured for theworkstation?

A. IpconfigB. NslookupC. NetstatD. Nbtstat

Page 350: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 558A SONET network typically uses which of the following transmission media?

A. Single-mode fiberB. Multimode fiberC. CopperD. Wireless

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 559In order for computers with private IP addresses to access the public Internet, which of the following must therouter perform?

A. NATB. BGPC. DHCPD. APIPA

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 560A link light on a switch is an example of which of the following Ethernet properties?

A. Collision detectionB. Multiple access pointsC. Carrier senseD. Collision avoidance

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 561Which of the following is required if ports from VLANs on two separate switches need to broadcast to each

Page 351: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

other?

A. Port mirroringB. VPNC. TrunkingD. Port authentication

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 562A new department is formed and a new section of the building is being built out for them. All 50 new employeeswill need access to the wireless network. Which of the following should be completed to allow these newemployees access to the wireless network?

A. Frequency settings should be changedB. Additional WAPs should be installedC. Channels should be changedD. VLANs should be added

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 563Which of the following describes an area where communications equipment is stored?

A. HVACB. MDFC. 110 blockD. Demarc

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 564Which of the following operates in the 2.4GHz range and has a MAXIMUM distance of 10 meters (33 feet)?

A. x-10B. BluetoothC. 802.11aD. 802.11b

Correct Answer: B

Page 352: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 565Which of the following networks would MOST likely require EGP routing?

A. Networks that use OSPF in addition to static routesB. Networks with classless Internet domain routingC. Networks with multiple ISPsD. Networks that use encryption

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 566A company needs strong wireless security enabled for minimal cost. Which of the following security measuresis the BEST to use?

A. WEPB. Port filteringC. WPAD. Longer SSID broadcast intervals

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 567A user reports being occasionally disconnected from the server. Which of the following tools could thetechnician use to determine if it is the client or the server that is dropping the connection?

A. Packet snifferB. MultimeterC. Load balancerD. Throughput tester

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 568Which of the following LAN technologies is considered fast Ethernet and uses two pairs of cabling, one pair forsending and the other pair for receiving?

Page 353: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

A. 100BaseT4B. 100BaseTXC. 100BaseXD. 100BaseFX

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 569A technician needs to install additional access points for a new high speed connection being added in the newoffice space. Which of the following will MOST likely be installed to allow additional CAT5 cable connections?

A. Smart JackB. DemarcC. 110 BlockD. 66 Block

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 570An administrator is implementing a second server due to the increased usage. Which of the followingoptimization techniques is the administrator using?

A. Caching enginesB. QoSC. Traffic shapingD. Load balancing

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 571Which of the following would be used to test out the security of a specific network by allowing it to receivesecurity attacks?

A. HoneynetB. HoneypotC. Vulnerability scannerD. Network based IDS

Correct Answer: A

Page 354: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 572A network technician is installing a new managed 10/100 Mbps switch on the network. The network has anolder printer with a 10Mbps network adapter that will be moved to the new switch. Which of the followingsettings on the switch will need to be configured to support the printer?

A. MAC filteringB. IP addressC. PoED. Port speed

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 573An administrator is using a protocol analyzer to monitor traffic between two servers. However, the only trafficthat appears is broadcast and traffic originating from the administrator's PC. Which of the following devices isthe administrator plugged into?

A. HubB. BridgeC. SwitchD. Router

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 574Which of the following is a secure method of remote access via command line?

A. RCPB. TelnetC. RSHD. SSH

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 575

Page 355: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following DNS records would be queried to locate a company's mail server?

A. AB. MXC. AAAAD. CNAME

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 576Which of the following uses copper wiring?

A. 10GBaseERB. 10GBaseLWC. 100BaseFXD. 1000BaseT

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 577Which of the following protocols is used to disable switch ports automatically to prevent switching loops?

A. RIPB. 0S: FC. STPD. EGP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 578Which of the following commands provides similar information about the current configuration of active localEthernet adapters? (Select TWO).

A. tracerouteB. ipconfigC. ifconfigD. routeE. hostname

Correct Answer: BC

Page 356: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 579Which of the following would be used to optimize network performance and increase bandwidth availability?

A. Packet analysisB. QoSC. Traffic shapingD. Fault tolerance

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 580A technician is using a packet sniffer to identify a server. The technician observes the following network traffic:

HOST-A TCP 80 -> HOST-B TCP 1328 PUSH

HOST-B TCP 1328 -> HOST-A TCP 80 PUSH ACK

HOST-A UDP 69 -> HOSTC UDP 1235

HOST-C ICMP -> HOST-D ICMP

Which of the following is MOST likely to be the server?

A. HOST-AB. HOST-BC. HOST-CD. HOST-D

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 581When ordering switches for a new building, which of the following is the BEST way for the technician todetermine the number of switches to put in each network closet?

A. Review the architectural plans to see how many drops go to each closet.B. Count the number of rooms near each closet and standardize eight drops per room.C. Wireless is the new standard and no network switches will be needed in the building,D. Count the number of phone ports and configure two network ports for each phone port.

Correct Answer: A

Page 357: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Section: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 582The network technician is troubleshooting a network issue by implementing a new security device. Afterinstalling and configuring the device, which of the following steps should the technician take NEXT?

A. Verity full system functionalityB. Identify the main problem and question the userC. Document their findings, actions, and outcomesD. Escalate the issue to upper management

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 583Which of the following would provide a technician with a performance reference point to refer back to afterhardware repair?

A. BaselineB. Network mapC. Wire schemeD. Asset management

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 584A user is unable to access the company website on a laptop. A network technician verifies that the user canaccess other Internet pages. According to network troubleshooting methodology, which of the following stepsshould be taken NEXT?

A. Remotely connect to the user's laptop and review the network configuration settingsB. Ping the web server from inside the network to ensure it is still up and running.C. Check to make sure the company's website is accessible from the Internet.D. Ensure the Ethernet cable is securely plugged into the user's laptop

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 585

Page 358: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Which of the following uses a ring topology?

A. DSLB. EthernetC. DOCSISD. SONET

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 586After a baseline check was completed it was noted that the network was working far below the level of the lastbaseline. Which of the following should the technician do NEXT to determine where the network problems areoccurring?

A. Upgrade the firmware on all routers and switchesB. Reboot the entire network one device at a timeC. Conduct a network traffic analysisD. Rerun the baseline to ensure the results were correct

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 587Which of the following wiring standards would MOST likely be used to interconnect two devices without the useof a hub or switch?

A. 568AB. 568BC. CrossoverD. Loopback

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 588Which of the following ports would have to be allowed through a firewall to allow SNMP traffic to pass on itsdefault port? (Select TWO).

A. 22B. 23C. 143D. 161

Page 359: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

E. 162F. 8080

Correct Answer: DESection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 589Which of the following defines access for a network?

A. ACLB. RDFC. RASD. ARP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 590The administrator's ISP indicates that they will need an autonomous system number to begin routing externalnetwork traffic. Which of the following protocols should the ISP plan to use?

A. is-isB. RIPv2C. OSPFD. BGP

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 591After a brownout, a user can connect to the internal network, but not the Internet. Which of the following is thecompany's DSL router experiencing that is causing this issue?

A. Switching loopB. Power failureC. Broadcast stormD. Duplicate IP address

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 360: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 592An administrator is experiencing availability issues on a Linux server. The administrator decides to check theserver for an IP address conflict on the server. Which of the following commands should the administrator use?

A. tracerouteB. tracertC. ifconfigD. ipconfig

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 593Which of the following protocols is commonly used for VoIP technology?

A. TelnetB. SMTPC. SIPD. SNMP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 594A router that takes the workstations internal IP address and changes it to another IP address when it sends thedata outside of the network is an example of which of the following?

A. NATB. IDSC. NMAPD. DMZ

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 595A company has recently received a new ADSL backup Internet connection. Which of the following will MOSTlikely be used between the modem and the ISP?

A. PPPoEB. RAS

Page 361: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. IPSecD. MSCHAP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 596Which of the following would MOST likely be used with multimode fiber?

A. 10GBaseLRB. 10GBaseTC. 10GBaseERD. 10GBaseSR

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 597When each routing device has a consistent view of the network topology, the network is said to be:

A. fault tolerantB. convergedC. autonomousD. vectored

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 598A network technician is concerned about the environmental effects of power consumption and heat fromnetwork resources Limited space is also a concern. Which of the following technologies should beimplemented?

A. Circuit switchingB. Network address translationC. Power over EthernetD. Virtual servers

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 362: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 599Which of the following should be used to ensure that all packets are received by every connected device?

A. HubB. RouterC. SwitchD. Firewall

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 600Which of the following devices will allow a technician to measure the amount of data that is capable oftraversing the network?

A. Event logsB. Throughput testerC. Packet sniffersD. OTDR

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 601Which of the following devices should an administrator connect to a protocol analyzer in order to collect all ofthe traffic on a LAN segment?

A. HubB. VLANC. RouterD. Server

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 602The network administrator has just finished installing a new 10/100/1000 switch, but receives reports from theserver administrator that servers connected to the new switch seem to be experiencing slow LAN connections.The network administrator checks the port connecting the new switch to the core switch and sees the followinginformation:

#show run interface GigabitEthernet0/10

Page 363: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q

Switchport mode trunk

Switchport trunk native VLAN 10Which of the following is the MOST likely cause of the slow connections?

A. The servers have not had VLAN tagging enabled on their NICs.B. Speed and duplex have not been set.C. VLAN tagging was not set on the trunk.D. The servers have been connected with CAT5 cable.

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 603Which of the following protocols can be found at the application layer?

A. TelnetB. TCPC. SNMPD. UDP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 604Users report that there Internet connection is slow. The network technician has a suspicion that users arestreaming video and music. Which of the following would BEST confirm the technician's theory?

A. Traffic analysisB. SNMPC. History logsD. System logs

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 605A technician is at a client's site to figure out an intermittent network problem. The technician has implementedthe solution. Which of the following is the NEXT step in the troubleshooting methodology?

A. Document the solution and the entire process.

Page 364: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

B. Create an action plan and identify potential effects.C. Determine if escalation is necessary.D. Determine if anything has changed

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 606Which of the following wireless technologies can support the GREATEST distance on either 2.4GHz or 5GHzfrequencies?

A. 802.11aB. 802.11bC. 802.11gD. 802,11n

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 607Which of the following should be updated when new computers are purchased?

A. Asset managementB. Change managementC. Cable managementD. Baselines

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 608Which of the following DNS record types provides the hostname to IP address mapping?

A. A recordB. NS recordC. CNAME recordD. MX record

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 365: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 609Which of the following holds multiple connections and is usually maintained by the telephone company?

A. DemarcB. IDFC. MDFD. 110 block

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 610Which of the following processes translates a private IP address for a public IP address?

A. NATB. DNSC. DHCPD. PAT

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 611Which of the following technologies facilitates the conversion of internal private IP addressing to external publicIP addressing?

A. DHCPB. TCP/IPC. NATD. SNMP

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 612Which of the following logical network topologies is used to provide a secure connection across the Internet?

A. VLANB. Peer to PeerC. VTPD. VPN

Page 366: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 613An administrator replaced a router with a switch. End users are able to access network shares but are not ableto access the Internet. Which of the following is the BEST explanation why the users are unable to access theInternet?

A. Router routes traffic between different networks and a switch does notB. The new switch is faulty and needs to be replaced and configured correctlyC. The firewall needs to be setup to allow traffic to reach the InternetD. The switch needs to be setup to forward data traffic to the Internet

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 614Which of the following is a hybrid network topology used for fault tolerance, in which all computers MUSTconnect to each other?

A. StarB. RingC. BusD. Mesh

Correct Answer: DSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 615A small amount of spoofed packets are being sent across a network and a large amount of reply packets arebeing sent back to the network resource. Which of the following BEST describes this security threat?

A. WormB. SmurfC. Logic BombD. Man-in-the-middle

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

Page 367: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

QUESTION 616Which of the following protocols requests membership to a multicast group?

A. IGMPB. SNMPC. SMTPD. ICMP

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 617Which of the following cable types is intended to be used on short distances and is immune to any type ofinterference?

A. Singlemode fiberB. Multimode fiberC. Shielded twisted pairD. Unshielded twisted pair

Correct Answer: BSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 618The technician notices that one of the wires in a CAT5 cable is cut in half. Which of the following connectivityissues did the technician discover?

A. Open pairsB. AttenuationC. CrosstalkD. Interference

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 619An administrator attempts to open a web page and sees the following error: 'Error 404: Page not found'. Theadministrator then uses the ping command and finds that the default gateway cannot be pinged. At which of thefollowing layers does the problem MOST likely reside?

A. Layer 1B. Layer 4

Page 368: Real Exam - GRATIS EXAM€¦ · An administrator needs to create a subnet that will accommodate up to 4000 hosts on the same subnet but not more than 6000. Which of the following

C. Layer 5D. Layer 7

Correct Answer: ASection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 620A wireless access point supports up to 20 clients. Which of the following describes this wireless network?

A. MeshB. Point to pointC. Point to multipointD. Ring

Correct Answer: CSection: (none)Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/